18-Channel Digital Proportional R/C System TM TM INSTRUCTION MANUAL 1M23N32902 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION............................................... 4 Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH......................................... 4 Ɣ6.%U626\VWHP................................................ 38 Ɣ6.%U66.%U62GHYLFHVHWWLQJ......................... 39 Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ........... 5 ƔCRPSOLDQFHIQIRUPDWLRQ6WDWHPHQW............... 5 ƔDH¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV...................................... 7 Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW UHDGLQJ............................................................. 7 %()OR(U6(................................................... 11 Ɣ)HDWXUHVRIT16=......................................... 11 %$6ICO3(R$TION....................................... 4 Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ.................................................... 4 Ɣ/LQNSURFHGXUH.............................................. 41 Ɣ$IWHUVHWWLQJ..................................................... 42 ƔIIWKHUHFHLYHU VYROWDJHGRHVQRWGLVSOD\RQ WKHWUDQVPLWWHU............................................... 43 ƔRDQJHWHVWLQJ\RXURCV\VWHP...................... 44 ƔCRQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV........... 12 Ɣ0XOWLFRSWHURRERWVSHFL¿FDWLRQV.................. 12 Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 13 ƔTUDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV....................................... 14 ƔTUDQVPLWWHU VDQWHQQD.................................... 15 Ɣ6ZLWFK6$6+............................................... 1 Ɣ9ROXPH/DRD............................................ 17 Ɣ6OLGH/HYHU....................................................... 17 ƔDLJLWDOTULPVT1T4..................................... 18 ƔTUDQVPLWWHUNL0+%DWWHU\+T5)18%...... 19 Ɣ+RZWRWXUQWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUONO))..... 21 ƔTRXFK3DQHO..................................................... 22 Ɣ+O0((;ITDQGU.0(NU0ON............... 22 Ɣ3DQHOORFN........................................................ 23 0RGHO%DVLF6HWWLQJ3URFHGXUH........................ 45 $LUSODQH........................................................... 45 +HOLFRSWHU........................................................ 47 6HUYRVFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH.................. 5 6<6T(00(NU............................................... 5 DLVSOD\............................................................. 57 6RXQGYROXPH................................................. 58 6\VWHPWLPHU................................................... 58 +:VHWWLQJ..................................................... 59 %DWWHU\............................................................. RDQJHFKHFN.........................................ĺ44 6.%XVVHUYR..................................................... 1 IQIRUPDWLRQ.................................................... 4 ƔR)RIIPRGH..................................................... 23 Ɣ0RQLWRU/(DGLVSOD\...................................... 24 Ɣ6WLFNFRQWURO.................................................... 24 6WLFNFRQWURO$LUSODQH([DPSOH................. 25 6WLFNFRQWURO+HOLFRSWHU([DPSOH.............. 2 6WLFNFRQWURO0XOWLFRSWHU([DPSOH............ 27 Ɣ6WLFN$GMXVWPHQW............................................ 28 Ɣ6DFDUG............................................................ 29 ƔCRQQHFWRU3OXJ............................................... 31 ƔRHFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH................................... 32 ƔRHFHLYHU VDQWHQQDLQVWDOODWLRQ...................... 34 Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJVHUYRV... 35 Ɣ6.%U66.%U62IQVWDOODWLRQ............................ 3 Ɣ6.%U6:LULQJH[DPSOH................................... 37 /IN.$*(0(NU............................................ 5 6HUYRPRQLWRU................................................. 0RGHOVHOHFW.................................................... 7 0RGHOW\SH...................................................... 7 6HUYRUHYHUVH................................................... 72 (QGSRLQW......................................................... 73 6HUYRVSHHG..................................................... 74 6XEWULP.......................................................... 74 )XQFWLRQ.......................................................... 75 )DLOVDIH........................................................... 77 6\VWHPW\SH..................................................... 78 TULPVHWWLQJ.................................................... 8 TKURWWOHFXW..................................................... 81 TABLE OF CONTENTS IGOHGRZQ......................................................... 82 6ZDVKULQJ+HOLRQO\.................................... 83 6ZDVK+HOLRQO\H[FHSW+1........................ 84 6WLFNDODUP...................................................... 8 TLPHU............................................................... 87 )XQFWLRQQDPH................................................ 89 THOHPHWU\V\VWHP............................................ 9 6HQVRU.............................................................. 92 THOHPHWU\......................................................... 95 THOHPHWU\RHFHLYHU>%DWWHU\@........................ 9 THOHPHWU\RHFHLYHU>([WEDWW@....................... 97 THOHPHWU\THPSHUDWXUH................................. 98 THOHPHWU\R30VHQVRU.................................. 99 THOHPHWU\$OWLWXGH....................................... 1 THOHPHWU\$OWLWXGH>9DULRPHWHU@................ 11 THOHPHWU\9ROWDJH>%DWWHU\@........................ 14 THOHPHWU\9ROWDJH>([WEDWW@....................... 15 THOHPHWU\*36>DLVWDQFH@........................... 1 THOHPHWU\*36>6SHHG@................................ 18 THOHPHWU\*36>$OWLWXGH9DULRPHWHU3RVLWLRQ@ 19 THOHPHWU\6HUYRVHQVRU>CXUUHQW@.............. 11 THOHPHWU\6HUYRVHQVRU>THPSHUDWXUH$QJOH@111 THOHPHWU\CXUUHQWVHQVRU>CXUUHQW@.......... 112 THOH.VHWWLQJTHOHPHWU\VHWWLQJ.................. 113 TUDLQHU........................................................... 115 :DUQLQJVHWWLQJ............................................ 118 UVHUPHQXVHWWLQJ......................................... 119 DDWDUHVHW...................................................... 12 0OD(/0(NUCRPPRQIXQFWLRQV.......... 121 CRQGLWLRQVHOHFW........................................... 122 $)R.............................................................. 124 DXDOUDWH........................................................ 125 3URJPL[HV3URJUDPPL[LQJ.................... 12 0OD(/0(NU$LUSODQH*OLGHU0XOWLFRSWHU $LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDO....................................... 13 )ODSVHWWLQJ.................................................... 131 $I/→ CDPEHUÀDS...................................... 132 $I/→ %UDNHÀDS......................................... 133 $LOHURQ→ RXGGHU........................................ 134 (OHYDWRU→CDPEHU..................................... 135 CDPEHUPL[LQJ............................................. 13 $LUEUDNH → (/(.......................................... 138 CDPEHUÀDS → (/(..................................... 139 RXGGHU → $LOHURQ........................................ 14 RXGGHU → (OHYDWRU...................................... 141 %XWWHUÀ\........................................................ 142 TULPPL[12.................................................. 144 6QDSUROO$LUSODQHRQO\............................. 145 $LUEUDNH$LUSODQHRQO\............................ 14 *\UR.............................................................. 147 $LOHYDWRU........................................................ 149 $FFHOHUDWLRQ.................................................. 15 0RWRU............................................................. 151 9WDLO.............................................................. 152 :LQJOHW.......................................................... 153 0OD(/0(NU+HOLFRSWHU 3LWFKFXUYH.................................................... 155 TKURWWOHFXUYH............................................... 158 $FFHOHUDWLRQ.................................................. 1 TKURWWOHKROG................................................. 11 6ZDVKPL[LQJ................................................ 12 TKURWWOHPL[LQJ............................................. 13 3LWFK → NHHGOH.............................................. 14 3LWFK → RXGGHURHYROXWLRQPL[LQJ......... 15 *\UR+HOLFRSWHU......................................... 1 *RYHUQRU....................................................... 18 CRPPRQOSHUDWLRQVXVHGLQIXQFWLRQVHWXS VFUHHQ................................................................ 17 ƔOSHUDWLRQVYDOXHVHWWLQJ............................... 17 ƔOSHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV....... 17 ƔOSHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWR¿QHWXQLQJ9R.......... 171 ƔOSHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRVHUYRVSHHG............... 172 ƔCXUYHVHWWLQJRSHUDWLRQ................................ 173 Ɣ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRG............................... 178 ƔUSGDWLQJ........................................................ 182 ƔT146*);22 ⇒ T16=D$T$................... 184 INTRODUCTION 7KDQN \RX IRU SXUFKDVLQJ D )XWDED )$667HVW*+] 76= VHULHV GLJLWDO SURSRUWLRQDO 5& V\VWHP7KLVV\VWHPLVH[WUHPHO\YHUVDWLOHDQGPD\EHXVHGE\EHJLQQHUVDQGSURVDOLNH,QRUGHU IRU\RXWRPDNHWKHEHVWXVHRI\RXUV\VWHPDQGWRÀ\VDIHO\SOHDVHUHDGWKLVPDQXDOFDUHIXOO\ ,I \RX KDYH DQ\ GLIILFXOWLHV ZKLOH XVLQJ \RXU V\VWHP SOHDVH FRQVXOW WKH PDQXDO RXU RQOLQH )UHTXHQWO\$VNHG 4XHVWLRQV RQ WKH ZHE SDJHV UHIHUHQFHG EHORZ \RXU KREE\ GHDOHU RU WKH )XWDED6HUYLFH&HQWHU )$667HVW)XWDED$GYDQFHG6SUHDG6SHFWUXP7HFKQRORJ\H[WHQGV\VWHPWHOHPHWU\ 'XHWRXQIRUHVHHQFKDQJHVLQSURGXFWLRQSURFHGXUHVWKHLQIRUPDWLRQFRQWDLQHGLQWKLVPDQXDOLV VXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH 6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRKDYH\RXU)XWDEDHTXLSPHQWVHUYLFHGDQQXDOO\GXULQJ \RXUKREE\¶V³RIIVHDVRQ´WRHQVXUHVDIHRSHUDWLRQ IQNRUWK$PHULFD 3OHDVH IHHO IUHH WR FRQWDFW WKH )XWDED 6HUYLFH &HQWHU IRU DVVLVWDQFH LQ RSHUDWLRQ XVH DQG SURJUDPPLQJ3OHDVHEHVXUHWRUHJXODUO\YLVLWWKH76=)UHTXHQWO\$VNHG4XHVWLRQVZHEVLWH DW ZZZIXWDEDUFFRPIDT 7KLV SDJH LQFOXGHV H[WHQVLYH SURJUDPPLQJ XVH VHW XS DQG VDIHW\ LQIRUPDWLRQRQWKH76=UDGLRV\VWHPDQGLVXSGDWHGUHJXODUO\$Q\WHFKQLFDOXSGDWHVDQG86 PDQXDO FRUUHFWLRQV ZLOO EH DYDLODEOH RQ WKLV ZHE SDJH ,I \RX GR QRW ¿QG WKH DQVZHUV WR \RXU TXHVWLRQVWKHUHSOHDVHVHHWKHHQGRIRXU)$4DUHDIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQFRQWDFWLQJXVYLDHPDLO IRUWKHPRVWUDSLGDQGFRQYHQLHQWUHVSRQVH 'RQ¶W KDYH ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV" ,QWHUQHW DFFHVV LV DYDLODEOH DW QR FKDUJH DW PRVW SXEOLF OLEUDULHV VFKRROVDQGRWKHUSXEOLFUHVRXUFHV:H¿QGLQWHUQHWVXSSRUWWREHDIDEXORXVUHIHUHQFHIRUPDQ\ PRGHOHUVDVLWHPVFDQEHSULQWHGDQGVDYHGIRUIXWXUHUHIHUHQFHDQGFDQEHDFFHVVHGDWDQ\KRXU RIWKHGD\QLJKWZHHNHQGRUKROLGD\,I\RXGRQRWZLVKWRDFFHVVWKHLQWHUQHWIRULQIRUPDWLRQ KRZHYHUGRQ¶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¶VVXSSRUWFHQWHUIRUDVVLVWDQFH 4 < Introduction > $SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿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ntroduction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¶,QGXVWULH &DQDGD /¶XWLOLVDWLRQ GH FH GLVSRVLWLI HVW DXWRULVpH VHXOHPHQW DX[ GHX[ FRQGLWLRQVVXLYDQWHVLOQHGRLWSDVSURGXLUHGHEURXLOODJHHWO¶XWLOLVDWHXUGXGLVSRVLWLIGRLWrWUHSUrWjDFFHSWHUWRXWEURXLOODJH UDGLRpOHFWULTXHUHoXPrPHVLFHEURXLOODJHHVWVXVFHSWLEOHGHFRPSURPHWWUHOHIRQFWLRQQHPHQWGXGLVSRVLWLI &HW pTXLSHPHQW HVW FRQIRUPH DX[ OLPLWHV G H[SRVLWLRQ DX UD\RQQHPHQW GX &, pWDEOLHV SRXU XQ HQYLURQQHPHQW QRQ FRQWU{Op &HW pPHWWHXUQHGRLWSDVrWUHFRVLWXpRXIRQFWLRQQHUFRQMRLQWHPHQWDYHFXQHDXWUHDQWHQQHRXp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¿FDWLRQV QRW H[SUHVVO\ DSSURYHG E\ WKH JUDQWHH RI WKLV GHYLFH FRXOG YRLG WKH XVHU¶V DXWKRULW\ WR RSHUDWH WKH HTXLSPHQW )O\LQJ6DIHW\ :KHUHWR)O\ :HUHFRPPHQGWKDW\RXÀ\DWDUHFRJQL]HGPRGHODLUSODQHÀ\LQJ¿HOG<RXFDQ¿QGPRGHOFOXEVDQG¿HOGVE\DVNLQJ\RXUQHDUHVW KREE\GHDOHURULQWKH86E\FRQWDFWLQJWKH$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV 7KHQDWLRQDO$FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV$0$KDVPRUHWKDQFKDUWHUHGFOXEVDFURVVWKHFRXQWU\7KURXJKDQ\RQHRI WKHPLQVWUXFWRUWUDLQLQJSURJUDPVDQGLQVXUHGQHZFRPHUWUDLQLQJDUHDYDLODEOH&RQWDFWWKH$0$DWWKHDGGUHVVRUWROOIUHHSKRQH QXPEHUEHORZ $FDGHP\RI0RGHO$HURQDXWLFV (DVW0HPRULDO'ULYH 0XQFLH,1 7HOH )D[ RUYLDWKH,QWHUQHWDWKWWS??ZZZPRGHODLUFUDIWRUJ $OZD\V SD\ SDUWLFXODU DWWHQWLRQ WR WKH À\LQJ ¿HOG¶V UXOHV DV ZHOO DV WKH SUHVHQFH DQG ORFDWLRQ RI VSHFWDWRUV WKH ZLQG GLUHFWLRQDQGDQ\REVWDFOHVRQWKH¿HOG%HYHU\FDUHIXOÀ\LQJLQDUHDVQHDUSRZHUOLQHVWDOOEXLOGLQJVRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ IDFLOLWLHVDVWKHUHPD\EHUDGLRLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHLUYLFLQLW\ 6 < Introduction > Precautions Application, Export, and Modification Precautions. 1. This product is only designed for use with radio control models. Use of the product described in this instruction manual is limited to radio control models. 2. Export precautions: a) When this product is exported, it cannot be used where prohibited by the laws governing radio waves of the destination country. b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations. 3. Modification, adjustment, and parts replacement: Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modification, adjustment, or replacement of parts on this product. ■ No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without prior permission. ■ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. ■ The contents of this manual should be complete, but if there are any unclear or missing parts please contact a Futaba Service Center. ■ Futaba is not responsible for the use of this product by the customer. ■ Company and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective company. For safe use Please observe the following precautions to ensure safe use of this product at all times. Meaning of Special Markings: The parts of this manual indicated by the following marks require special attention from the standpoint of safety. DANGER 3URFHGXUHV ZKLFK PD\ OHDG WR GDQJHURXV FRQGLWLRQV DQG FDXVH GHDWKVHULRXV LQMXU\ LI QRW FDUULHG RXW SURSHUO\. WARNING 3URFHGXUHVZKLFKPD\OHDGWRDGDQJHURXVFRQGLWLRQRUFDXVHGHDWKRUVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULIQRW FDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\RUSURFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSUREDELOLW\RIVXSHU¿FLDOLQMXU\RUSK\VLFDOGDPDJHLVKLJK. CAUTION 3URFHGXUHVZKHUHWKHSRVVLELOLW\RIVHULRXVLQMXU\WRWKHXVHULVVPDOOEXWWKHUHLVDGDQJHURILQMXU\RU SK\VLFDOGDPDJHLIQRWFDUULHGRXWSURSHUO\. 3URKLELWHG 0DQGDWRU\ :$RNIN*$OZD\VNHHSHOHFWULFDOFRPSRQHQWVDZD\IURPVPDOOFKLOGUHQ. Flying Precautions WARNING Never grasp the transmitter antenna while flying. ■ The transmitter output may drop drastically. Always make sure that all transmitter stick movements operate all servos properly in the model prior to flight. Also, make sure that all switches, etc. function properly as well. If there are any difficulties, do not use the system until all inputs are functioning properly. Never fly in range check mode. ■ In the dedicated range test range check mode, the transmitter output range is reduced and may cause a crash. While operating, never touch the transmitter with, or bring the transmitter near, another transmitter, a cellphone, or other wireless devices. ■ The antenna is directional and the transmitter output is weakest. (The strength of the radio waves is greatest from the sides of the antenna.) Never fly on a rainy day, when the wind is strong, or at night. ■ Water could lead to failure or improper functionality and poor control of the aircraft which could lead to a crash. Never turn the power switch off during flight or while the engine or motor is running. ■ Operation will become impossible and the aircraft will crash. Even if the power switch is turned on, operation will not begin until transmitter and receiver internal processing is complete. Do not start the engine or motor while wearing the neck strap. ■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation. ■ The neck strap may become entangled with the rotating propeller, rotor, etc. and cause a serious injury. Do not point the antenna directly toward the aircraft during flight. Do not fly when you are physically impaired as it could pose a safety hazard to yourself or others. < Introduction > 7 Do not fly at the following places: ■ Near another radio control flying field. ■ Near or above people. ■ Near homes, schools, hospitals or other places where people congregate. ■ Near high voltage lines, high structures, or communication facilities. When setting the transmitter on the ground during flight preparations, do not stand it upright. ■ The transmitter may tip over, the sticks may move and the propeller or rotor may rotate unexpectedly and cause injury. Do not touch the engine, motor, or ESC during and immediately after use. ■ These items may become hot during use. For safety, fly so that the aircraft is visible at all times. ■ Flying behind buildings or other large structures will not only cause you to lose sight of the aircraft, but also degrade the RF link performance and cause loss of control. From the standpoint of safety, always set the fail safe function. ■ In particular, normally set the throttle channel to idle. For a helicopter, set the throttle channel to maintain a hover. When flying, always return the transmitter setup screen to the Home screen. ■ Erroneous input during flight is extremely dangerous. Always check the remaining capacity of the transmitter and receiver batteries before each flying session prior to flight. Always check operation of each control surface and perform a range test before each flying session. Also, when using the trainer function, check the operation of both the teacher and student transmitter. ■ Even one incorrect transmitter setting or aircraft abnormality can cause a crash. Before turning on the transmitter: 1. Always move the transmitter throttle stick position to the minimum (idle) position. 2. Turn on the transmitter first and then the receiver. When turning off the transmitter's power switch after the engine or motor has stopped (state in which it will not rotate again): 1. Turn off the receiver power switch. 2. Then turn off the transmitter power switch. ■ If the power switch is turned on/off in the opposite order, the propeller may rotate unexpectedly and cause a serious injury. ■ Also always observe the above order when setting the fail safe function. When adjusting the transmitter, stop the engine except when necessary. In the case of a motor, disconnect the wiring that allows it to continue operation. When doing so, please exercise extreme caution. Ensure that the aircraft is secured and that it will not come into contact with anything or anyone. Ensure that the motor will not rotate prior to making any adjustments. ■ Unexpected high speed rotation of the engine may cause a serious injury. ■ Low battery capacity will cause loss of control and a crash. Battery and Charger Handling Precautions DANGER Do not recharge a battery that is damaged, deteriorated, leaking electrolyte, or wet. Do not charge and store the battery in direct sunlight or other hot places. Do not use the charger in applications other than as intended. Do not charge the battery if it is covered with any object as it may become very hot. Do not allow the charger or battery to become wet. Do not use the battery in a combustible environment. ■ Do not use the charger when it or your hands are wet. Do not use the charger in humid places. ■ The combustibles may could ignite ignite and cause an explosion or fire. Do not short circuit the battery. Do not solder, repair, deform, modify, or disassemble the battery and/or battery charger. Do not drop the battery into a fire or bring it near a fire. 8 < Introduction > Always charge the battery before each flying session. ■ If the battery goes dead during flight, the aircraft will crash. Charge the battery with the dedicated charger supplied with the set. ■ Charging the battery past the specified value may cause a fire, combustion, rupture, or liquid leakage. When quick charging, do not charge the battery above 1C. ■ Do not charge the battery while riding in a vehicle. Vibration will prevent normal charging. If the battery liquid should get in your eyes, do not rub your eyes, but immediately wash them with tap water or other clean water and get treated by a doctor. ■ The liquid can cause blindness. Insert the power cord plug firmly into the receptacle up to its base. Always use the charger with the specified power supply voltage. ■ Use the special charger by connecting it to a proper power outlet. WARNING Do not touch the charger and battery for any length of time during charging. Use and store the battery and battery charger in a secure location away from children. ■ Doing so may result in burns. ■ Not doing so may cause electric shock or injury. Do not use a charger or battery that has been damaged. If the battery leaks liquid or generates an abnormal odor, immediately move it to a safe place for disposal. Do not touch any of the internal components of the charger. ■ Doing so may cause electric shock or a burn. If any abnormalities such as smoke or discoloration are noted with either the charger or the battery, remove the battery from the transmitter or charger and disconnect the power cord plug and do not use the charger. ■ Continued use may cause fire, combustion, generation of heat, or rupture. Do not subject the batteries to impact. ■ Doing so may cause fire, combustion, generation of heat, rupture, or liquid leakage. ■ Not doing so may cause combustion. If the battery liquid gets on your skin or clothing, immediately flush the area with tap water or other clean water. ■ Consult a doctor. The liquid can cause skin damage. After the specified charging time has elapsed, end charging and disconnect the charger from the receptacle. When recycling or disposing of the battery, isolate the terminals by covering them with tape. ■ Short circuit of the terminals may cause combustion, generation of heat or rupture. CAUTION Do not use the battery with devices other than the corresponding transmitter. Do not place heavy objects on top of the battery or charger. Also, do not place the battery or charger in any location where it may fall. ■ Doing so may cause damage or injury. Do not store or use the battery and charger where it is dusty or humid. ■ Insert the power cord plug into the receptacle only after eliminating the dust. After the transmitter has been used for a long time, the battery may become hot. Immediately remove it from the transmitter. ■ Not doing so may cause a burn. Do not charge the battery in extreme temperatures. ■ Doing so will degrade the battery performance. An ambient temperature of 10℃ to 30℃ (50 ℉ to 86 ℉ ) is ideal for charging. Unplug the charger when not in use. Do not bend or pull the cord unreasonably and do not place heavy objects on the cord. ■ The power cord may be damaged and cause combustion, generation of heat, or electric shock. < Introduction > 9 SD Card (Commercial Product) Handling Precautions 5HDGWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDOVXSSOLHGZLWKWKH6'FDUGIRUGHWDLOV WARNING Never disassemble or modify the SD card. Do not bend, drop, scratch or place heavy objects on the SD card. If smoke or an abnormal odor emanates from the card, immediately turn off the transmitter power. Do not use the SD card where it may be exposed to water, chemicals, oil, or other fluids. ■ Doing so may cause a fire or electric shock by short circuiting. CAUTION Since the SD card is an electronic device, be careful of static electricity. Do not insert foreign matter into the transmitter card slot. ■ Static electricity may cause erroneous operation or other trouble. ■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation. Do not use the SD card near radio and television sets, audio equipment, motors and other equipment that generates noise. Do not expose the card to shock and vibration and do not remove the card from the card slot while data is being written or read. ■ The data may be damaged or lost. ■ Doing so may cause erroneous operation. ● Recorded data Do not store the SD card in the following places: The data recorded on the SD card cannot be compensated regardless of the contents or cause of the trouble or obstruction. Futaba does not perform data restoration or recovery work. ・Where the humidity is high ・Where the temperature difference is severe ・Where it is very dusty ・Where the card will be exposed to shock and vibration ・Near speakers and other magnetic devices Storage and Disposal Precautions WARNING Keep wireless equipment, batteries, aircraft, etc. away from children. CAUTION Do not store wireless devices in the following places: ・Where it is extremely hot (40℃ [104 ℉ ] or higher) or cold (-10℃ [14 ℉ ] or lower) ・Where the equipment will be exposed to direct sunlight ・Where the humidity is high ・Where vibration is prevalent ・Where it is very dusty ・Where the device may be exposed to steam and heat When the device will not be used for a long time, remove the batteries from the transmitter and aircraft and store them in a dry place where the temperature is between 0℃ and 30℃ [32 ℉ and 86 ℉ ]. ■ Leaving batteries inside your model and radio when they are not being used for long periods will result in battery deterioration, liquid leakage and other damage. Other Precautions CAUTION Do not directly expose plastic parts to fuel, oil, exhaust gas, etc. Always use genuine Futaba products such as transmitter, receiver, servo, ESC, battery, etc. ■ If left in such an environment, the plastic may be damaged. ■ Futaba is not responsible for damage sustained by combination with parts other than Futaba Genuine Parts. Use the parts specified in the instruction manual and catalog. ■ Since the metal parts of the case may corrode, always keep them clean. Join the Academy of Model Aeronautics. ■ The Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA) provides guidelines and liability protection should the need arise. 10 < Introduction > BEFORE USE ũƈƄƗƘƕƈƖŃ FASSTest system The T16SZ transmitter has adopted the bidirectional communication system "FASSTest". Data from the receiver can be checked in your transmitter. FASSTest is a maximum 18 channels 2.4GHz dedicated system. Color touch screen LCD 76=KDVDQ+9*$LQFKIXOOFRORUEDFNOLW/&'WRXFKVFUHHQ7KHVFUHHQLVWUDQVÀHFWLYHZKLFK enables both indoor and outdoor visibility. S.BUS2 system %\XVLQJWKH6%86V\VWHPPXOWLSOHVHUYRVJ\URVDQGWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVDUHHDVLO\LQVWDOOHGZLWKD minimum amount of cables. Model types 0XOWLFRSWHUVZDVKW\SHVDUHDYDLODEOHIRUKHOLFRSWHUVW\SHVRIPDLQZLQJVDQGW\SHVRIWDLOZLQJV are available for airplanes and gliders. Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set in advance at the factory. NiMH battery T16SZ is operated by a 6.0 V/1,800 mAh NiMH battery. SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included) Model data can be saved to an SD card (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB). When T16SZ transmitter VRIWZDUH¿OHVDUHUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHFDQEHXSGDWHGE\XVLQJDQ6'FDUGXSGDWH Edit button 7ZRHGLWEXWWRQVDUHSURYLGHGDQGWKHRSHUDWLQJVFUHHQFDQEHLPPHGLDWHO\³5HWXUQHG´WRWKH+20( VFUHHQGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ6HWWLQJRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHGHDVLO\E\FRPELQLQJWKLVEXWWRQZLWKDWRXFK sensor. Vibration function Selects a function that alerts the operator to various alarms by vibrating the transmitter in addition to sounding a buzzer. Speech function $IXQFWLRQLVHTXLSSHGZKLFKDOORZVWKHV\VWHPWRSURYLGHWHOHPHWU\GDWDDXGLEO\7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQ DOVREHXWLOL]HGZLWKFRPPHUFLDOO\DYDLODEOHHDUSKRQHV < Before Use > 11 ŦƒƑƗƈƑƗƖŃƄƑƇŃŷƈƆƋƑƌƆƄƏŃŶƓƈƆƌƲƆƄƗƌƒƑƖ Your T16SZ includes the following components: 6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH • T16SZ transmitter • R7008SB Receiver • HT5F1800B NiMH battery & charger • Switch harness • Mini driver *The set contents depend on the type of set. ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃŷŔřŶŽŃ (2-stick, 18-channel, FASSTest-2.4GHz system) Transmitting frequency: 2.4GHz band System: FASSTest18CH, FASSTest12CH, FASST MULT, FASST 7CH, T-FHSS, S-FHSS, switchable Power supply: 6.0V HT5F1800B NiMH battery Frequency band: 2.4GHz RF power output : 100mW EIRP ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃŵŚœœśŶť (FASSTest-2.4GHz system, Dual Antenna Diversity, S.BUS/S.BUS2 system) Power requirement: 3.7V-7.4V battery or regulated output from ESC, etc. (*1) Size: 0.98 x 1.86 x 0.56 in. (24.9 x 47.3 x 14.3 mm) Weight: 0.38 oz. (10.9g) Frequency band: 2.4GHz RF power output: 25mW EIRP (*1) When using ESCs make sure that the regulated output capacity meets your usage application. Note: The battery in the T16SZ transmitter does not arrive already attached to the battery connector. Please connect the battery connector before use. ŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŒŵƒƅƒƗŃƖƓƈƆƌƲƆƄƗƌƒƑƖ Throttle stick warning Ratchet type (General transmitter) The throttle stick doesn't return neutrally. Self neutral type (Multicopter/Robot specification) The throttle stick returns neutrally by a spring. WARNING You cannot use the self-neutral throttle stick for R/C airplanes, helicopters, and certain multi-copters. Allowing the engine/motor to reach middle speed via automatic throttle stick return is very dangerous. If using the T16SZ for R/C airplanes and helicopters, you must change the throttle stick to the ratchet type. 12 < Before Use > ŤƆƆƈƖƖƒƕƌƈƖ Optional Parts The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog for more information: • HT5F1800B transmitter battery pack - the (1,800mAh) transmitter NiMH battery pack may be easily H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV • Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T16SZ transmitter may be connected to DQRWKHU76=V\VWHPDVZHOODVWRDQ\RWKHUPRGHOVRI)XWDEDWUDQVPLWWHUV7KH76=WUDQVPLWWHUXVHV RQHRIWKHWKUHHFRUGSOXJW\SHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUFRQQHFWHG5HIHUWRWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKH 75$,1(5IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV7KHSDUWQXPEHURIWKLVFRUGLV)870 • Servos - there are various kinds of servos. Please choose the Futaba servos that best suit your model and SXUSRVH,I\RXXWLOL]HDQ6%86V\VWHP\RXVKRXOGFKRRVHDQ6%86VHUYR$QDQDORJVHUYRFDQQRWEH used if "FASSTest12CH mode" is used. • Telemetry sensor - please purchase an optional sensor, in order to utilize bidirectional communication system and to acquire the information from a model high up in the sky. >7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU6%677(@>$OWLWXGHVHQVRU6%6$@>530VHQVRU magnet type : SBS50@>530VHQVRU RSWLFDOW\SH6%652@>530VHQVRU EUXVKOHVVPRWRUW\SH6%65%@>*36 VHQVRU6%6*@>9ROWDJHVHQVRU6%69@>6%86VHUYRVHQVRU6%66@>&XUUHQWVHQVRU 6%6&@ • Neckstrap - a neckstrap may be connected to your T16SZ system to make it easier to handle and improve \RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW • Y-harnesses, servo extensions, hub,etc - Genuine Futaba extensions and Y-harnesses, including a heavyGXW\YHUVLRQZLWKKHDYLHUZLUHDUHDYDLODEOHWRDLGLQ\RXUODUJHUPRGHODQGRWKHULQVWDOODWLRQV • Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs. *RYHUQRUIRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQWKHDG VSHHGUHJDUGOHVVRIEODGHSLWFKORDGZHDWKHUHWF 5HFHLYHUVYDULRXVPRGHOVRI)XWDEDUHFHLYHUVPD\EHSXUFKDVHGIRUXVHLQRWKHUPRGHOV5HFHLYHUVIRU FASSTest and FASST, T-FHSS, S-FHSS types are available.) • SBD-2, S.BUS decoder -The SBD-2 is a converter for using conventional servos (other than an S.BUS VHUYRZLWKWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KH6%'FRQQHFWVWRWKHUHFHLYHURXWSXWRIDQ6%866%86 system and eight servos can be used. SBD-2 can change the output CH by selecting from 9 groups using DURWDU\VZLWFK6%'FDQXVH(;7EDWWHU\IRUVHUYRV < Before Use > 13 ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏƖ ● Monitor LED ● Dial LD.RD ● Antenna ● Carrying handle ● Switch SA.SB.SE.SF ● Switch SC.SD.SG.SH ● Slide lever RS ● Slide lever LS ● Stick ● Stick ŭŖ ŭŕ ŭŗ ŭŔ ● Power Switch ● Digital trim T1-T4 ● Hook ● HOME/EXIT Button ● Battery cover ● U.MENU/MON. Button (User menu/Servo monitor) ● Color LCD display Touch Panel The panel displays shown in this manual may vary from your own, depending upon your model type. Panel displays may also vary as a result of version upgrades or other changes. 14 < Before Use > ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŊƖŃƄƑƗƈƑƑƄ $VZLWKDOOUDGLRIUHTXHQF\WUDQVPLVVLRQVWKHVWURQJHVWDUHDRIVLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVIURPWKHVLGHV RIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU VDQWHQQD$VVXFKWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGQRWEHSRLQWHGGLUHFWO\DWWKHPRGHO,I\RXU À\LQJVW\OHFUHDWHVWKLVVLWXDWLRQHDVLO\PRYHWKHDQWHQQDWRFRUUHFWWKLVVLWXDWLRQ If you fly with your transmitter facing the model at the angle shown in the illustration, bend the antenna 90 degrees. Low power High power High power Do not fly your model with the antenna's tip pointing in its direction. ŵƒƗƄƗƌƑƊŃƄƑƗƈƑƑƄ The antenna can be rotated 180 degrees and angles 90 degrees. Forcing the antenna further than this can damage it. The antenna is not removable. CAUTION Please do not grasp the transmitter's antenna during flight. ■ Doing so may degrade the quality of the RF transmission to the model. Do not carry the transmitter by the antenna. ■ The antenna wire may break, making operation impossible. Do not pull the antenna forcefully. 180° ■ The antenna wire may break, making operation impossible. 90° < Before Use > 15 ŶƚƌƗƆƋŃŋŶŤŐŶūŌŃ SF : 2 positions; Alternate; SH : 2 positions; Momentary; Long lever Long lever SE : 3 positions; Alternate; SG : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever Short lever SA : 3 positions; Alternate; SD : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever Short lever SB : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever SC : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever *Self retum 2 positions 16 < Before Use > 3 positions Alternate Momentary ŹƒƏƘƐƈ 7KH YROXPH /' DQG 5' NQREV DOORZ analog input. LD 7KH76=WUDQVPLWWHUEHHSVZKHQWKHYROXPH knob reaches the center position. *You can use each setting screen of the mixing functions to select volumes and define the direction of movement. RD ŶƏƌƇƈŃůƈƙƈƕ LS RS ůŶŃŋůƈƉƗŌŏŃŵŶŃŋŵƌƊƋƗŌŝ 7KH/LQHDU6OLGHU/6DQG56RIIHUDQDORJLQSXW 7KH76=WUDQVPLWWHUEHHSVZKHQWKHOHYHUFRPHVWRWKHFHQWHU *You can select a slide lever and set the movement direction on the setting screen of mixing functions. < Before Use > 17 ŧƌƊƌƗƄƏŃŷƕƌƐƖŃŷŔŐŷŗ 7KLVWUDQVPLWWHULVHTXLSSHGZLWKGLJLWDOWULPV (DFKWLPH\RXSUHVVDWULPEXWWRQWKHWULPSRVLWLRQ PRYHVRQHVWHS,I\RXFRQWLQXHSUHVVLQJLWWKHWULP SRVLWLRQVWDUWVWRPRYHIDVWHU,QDGGLWLRQZKHQ WKHWULPSRVLWLRQUHWXUQVWRWKHFHQWHUWKHWRQHZLOO FKDQJH<RXFDQDOZD\VPRQLWRUWULPSRVLWLRQVE\ referencing the LCD screen. *You can select the trim step amount and the display unit RQWKHKRPHVFUHHQRQWKH77VHWWLQJVFUHHQZLWKLQWKH linkage menu. 1RWH7KHWULPSRVLWLRQV\RXKDYHVHWZLOOEHVWRUHGLQWKH QRQYRODWLOHPHPRU\DQGZLOOUHPDLQWKHUH T4 T3 T2 T1 ŧƌƊƌƗƄƏŃƗƕƌƐŃƒƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƄƏŃƈƛƄƐƓƏƈ *Example Stick Mode2 ◆When the airplane goes up while the elevator stick is neutral. ◆When the airplane dives while the elevator stick is neutral. ◆Elevator trim to up ◆Elevator trim to down Elevator Neutral Elevator Neutral Elevator Down Elevator Up ◆Adjust so that the airplane flies level. 18 < Before Use > ŷƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃűƌŰūŃťƄƗƗƈƕƜŃūŷŘũŔśœœť ŬƑƖƗƄƏƏƌƑƊŒƕƈƐƒƙƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃūŷŘũŔśœœť ③ Connect the battery connector. ① A side battery cover is opened. Battery cover ④ Close the battery cover completely. ② Install the battery into the transmitter. This 2P connector connects to the transmitter. HT5F1800B NiMH Battery < Before Use > 19 ŦƋƄƕƊƌƑƊŃƄŃƅƄƗƗƈƕƜ ťƄƗƗƈƕƜŃƕƈƐƒƙƄƏ AC Charger Note: If you remove the battery while the power is on, the data you have set will not be saved. 1. Open the battery cover. 2. Disconnect the battery connector. 3. Close the battery cover completely. WARNING Be careful not to drop the battery. To transmitter charging jack Never disconnect the battery connector from the T16SZ transmitter after turning off the power until the screen is completely blank and the transmitter has shut down completely. * Internal devices such as memories may be damaged. 1.Plug the transmitter cord of the special charger into the charging jack on the side of the transmitter. 2. Plug the charger into an AC outlet. 3. Check that the charging LED lights. 7KH FKDUJLQJ WLPH ZKHQ FKDUJLQJ WKH +7)% EDWWHU\ ZLWK WKH VSHFLDO FKDUJHU LV DSSUR[LPDWHO\ hours. 4. Disconnect the charge plug. 5. Disconnect the AC plug. * If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error" will be shown the next time when you turn on the power of the transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as it is. Send it to the Futaba service center. WARNING Never plug the charger into an outlet other than the indicated voltage. *Plugging the charger into the wrong outlet could result in an explosion or fire. Do not plug and unplug the charger when your hands are wet. *It may cause an electric shock. %DWWHU\ FKDUJLQJ ZLOO QRW DXWRPDWLFDOO\ VWRS 5Hmove the battery and transmitter from the charger DQGUHPRYHWKHFKDUJHUIURPWKHZDOOVRFNHW ,W LV UHFRPPHQGHG WR UHDFWLYDWH WKH EDWWHU\ E\ F\cling several times if the battery has not been used for a long period. ,Q WKH FDVH RI 1L0+ EDWWHULHV \RX PD\ ILQG SRRU performance of the battery if you have used the battery only for a short period or if you repeat charging ZKLOH WKH EDWWHU\ LV QRW IXOO\ GLVFKDUJHG ,W LV VXJgested to discharge the battery to the recommended OHYHODIWHUXVH,WLVDOVRUHFRPPHQGHGWRFKDUJHWKH EDWWHU\MXVWEHIRUHXVH 20 < Before Use > Do not overcharge/overdischarge the battery. *Overcharging/Overdischarging a battery can result in burns, fire, injuries, or loss of sight due to overheating, breakage, or electrolyte leakage. CAUTION When the charger is not in use, disconnect it from the AC outlet. * Do this to prevent accidents and to avoid overheating. ūƒƚŃƗƒŃƗƘƕƑŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃƓƒƚƈƕŃŲűŒŲũũŃ :KHQ WXUQLQJ RQ WKH SRZHU WKH76= WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOO EHJLQ HPLWWLQJ 5) DXWRPDWLFDOO\ DIWHU LW FRQ¿UPVWKHVXUURXQGLQJ5)FRQGLWLRQV7KHVWDWXVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVGLVSOD\HGE\/('DWWKHXSSHU part of the front of a T16SZ. ,I7+5VWLFNLVKLJKD:$51,1*VFUHHQZLOODSSHDU$QRWKHUZDUQLQJZLOODSSHDULIDSRZHU VXSSO\LVDWWDFKHG,Q0XOWLFRSWHUPRGHWKH7+5SRVLWLRQDODUPZLOOQRWDSSHDU ųƒƚƈƕŃŲű ųƒƚƈƕŃŲũũ Power Switch Throttle Stick Low Right or Left Long Push ŬƉŃƗƋƈŃŅŷƋƕŃƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑŅŃƄƏƄƕƐŃƇƌƖƓƏƄƜƖ ,IWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVLQWKHKLJKSRVLWLRQZKHQWKH SRZHULVWXUQHG21 Warning alarm Power Switch Right and Left Push Power Switch or Right or Left Long Push :KHQWKHDODUPDFWLYDWHVORZHUWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN EHIRUHWXUQLQJWKHUHFHLYHUSRZHU21 ,IWKHSRZHULVWXUQHG21ZKHQWKHLGOHXSDLUEUDNH HWFVZLWFKHVDUH21WKHDERYHZDUQLQJZLOOGLVSOD\ (QVXUHWKHUHOHYDQWVZLWFKHVDUHWXUQHG2)) Tap this to stop the alarm and RF signal. Only panel screen operation is active, the transmitter will not link to any receiver. If the power switches are turned off in the opposite order the model may unexpectedly run out of control and cause a very dangerous situation. ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒƑŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ 1. Turn on the transmitter power switch. 2. Turn on the receiver or speed control power switch. ON ON ŷƘƕƑƌƑƊŃƒȭŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƈƖ Always be sure the motor/engine is stopped. 1. Turn off the receiver or speed control power switch. 2. Then turn off the transmitter power switch. OFF OFF < Before Use > 21 ŷƒƘƆƋŃųƄƑƈƏ Tapping the settings buttons for each value on the settings screen will cause value input buttons to appear at the top of the panel. 7DS WKH SDQHOZLWK \RXU ILQJHU WR HQWHU data. 3ODVWLF¿OPLVDWWDFKHGWRWKH7RXFK3DQHO3OHDVH be careful so that you don't scratch the Touch Panel ZLWKDQ\WKLQJKDUGVXFKDVDPHWDOREMHFW'RQ W SXVKWKH7RXFK3DQHOZLWKH[FHVVLYHIRUFHRUGURS anything on the panel. $OWKRXJK\RXPD\¿QGVRPHDLUEXEEOHVXQGHUWKH plastic panel due to environmental changes such DVWHPSHUDWXUHLWLVQRWDGHIHFWDQGZLOOFDXVHQR problems. &RORU /(' LV PDGH IURP PDQ\ SL[HOV 6RPH pixels hold lighting. Moreover, some pixels go out. And a screen may flicker. Such condition is the FKDUDFWHULVWLFVRIFRORU/(',WLVQRWIDLOXUH Pressing and holding a value will return it to its default setting. Value input buttons display at the top of the panel. Large change in value Small change in value Large change in value ūŲŰŨŒŨŻŬŷŃƄƑƇŃŸőŰŨűŸŒŰŲűőŃ HOME/EXIT Press Return to the previous screen Press and hold Return to the home screen Press from HOME screen. To Telemetry display Press and hold from HOME screen. Panel lock / Lock release U.MENU/MON. HOME/EXIT U.MENU/MON. Press To user menu display Button Button Press and hold To servo monitor display 22 < Before Use > ųƄƑƈƏŃƏƒƆƎ Temporarily activating this function makes it impossible to change data by mistakenly touching keys GXULQJÀLJKW How to lock 1. The home screen is displayed. 2. Press the HOME/EXIT button for about 1 second. "Key mark" is displayed and the keys disabled. ŃůƒƆƎŃŧƌƖƓƏƄƜ Panel lock HOME/EXIT Press and hold How to unlock 1. Press the Home/Exit button for about 1 second, and the panel will then become unlocked. CAUTION The T16SZ's touch screen is very sensitive. To avoid accidentally activating it during a flight, it is suggested that it be locked. Due to the touch screen's sensitivity, allowing it to be touched during flight by a neck strap hook, servo extension, or even your hand could be dangerous. Please use the Touch Panel lock for added safety during flight. Panel unlock HOME/EXIT Press and hold ŵũŃƒȭŃƐƒƇƈ 0RGHORSHUDWLRQLVQRWSRVVLEOHEXWSDQHORSHUDWLRQZLWKRXW5)VLJQDOWUDQVPLVVLRQLVDOORZHG 5HGXFHVEDWWHU\SRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQGXULQJVHWXS "RF off" Model operation is not possible, but only panel operation is. U.MENU/MON. Press and Restart the power to transmit RF signals. Power ON < Before Use > 23 ŰƒƑƌƗƒƕŃůŨŧŃƇƌƖƓƏƄƜ 7KHVWDWXVRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHULVGLVSOD\HGE\/('DWWKHXSSHUSDUWRIWKHIURQWRID76= )$667HVWPRGHń/LJKW%OXHOLJKW )$667PRGHń*UHHQOLJKW 7)+666)+66PRGHń<HOORZJUHHQOLJKW 5)2))ń9LROHWOLJKW 6WDUWLQJń5HGOLJKW 7UDLQHU6WXGHQWń%OXHOLJKW 5DQJHFKHFNPRGHń6ORZEOLQNLQJ 5HFHLYHUOLQNPRGHń)DVWEOLQNLQJ ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏ *Example Stick Mode2 (OHYDWRU6WLFN 3LWFKD[LV $LOHURQVWLFN 5ROOD[LV (QJLQH PRWRU 3RZHU 7KURWWOHVWLFN 24 < Before Use > <DZD[LV 5XGGHUVWLFN ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏŃŝŃŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŃŨƛƄƐƓƏƈ *Example Stick Mode2 A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.) Pitch Axis Control Roll Axis Control Right roll Nose Up The right aileron is up. The left aileron is down. Elevator stick Aileron stick UP To the right Level flight (moved to the bottom) Elevator is up. Level flight Neutral Neutral Elevator is down. Left roll The left aileron is up. The right aileron is down. Aileron stick Elevator stick Nose Down DOWN To the left (moved to the top) Yaw Axis Control Throttle Control High throttle Nose Right Throttle stick Rudder stick HIGHT To the right A rudder is right. (moved to the top) Middle Throttle stick Neutral Straight Nose Left A rudder is left. Rudder stick To the left MIDDLE (neutral) Low throttle Throttle stick SLOW (moved to the bottom) < Before Use > 25 ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏŃŝŃūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŃŨƛƄƐƓƏƈ *Example Stick Mode2 A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.) Pitch Axis Control Roll Axis Control Right roll Nose Up Elevator stick Aileron stick UP To the right (moved to the bottom) Level flight Level flight Neutral Neutral Aileron stick Elevator stick Left roll Nose Down To the left Nose Right DOWN (moved to the top) Yaw Axis Control Throttle /Pitch Control Rudder stick Throttle stick Rise HIGHT To the right Pitch Up High (moved to the top) Hovering Throttle stick Neutral MIDDLE Middle Straight (neutral) Descent Pitch Down Rudder stick Nose Left 26 < Before Use > Throttle stick To the left Slow SLOW (moved to the bottom) ŶƗƌƆƎŃƆƒƑƗƕƒƏŃŝŃŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŃŨƛƄƐƓƏƈ *Example Stick Mode2 A general model example. (There is also a different operational model.) Pitch Axis Control Roll Axis Control Right roll Nose Up Right slide Elevator stick Aileron stick Hovering Level flight UP Back slide To the right (moved to the bottom) Hovering Level flight Neutral Neutral Left roll Nose Down Left slide Aileron stick Front slide Elevator stick DOWN To the left (moved to the top) Throttle Control Yaw Axis Control Nose Right Rudder stick Throttle stick Rise HIGH To the right (moved to the top) Hovering Hovering Level flight Throttle stick Neutral MIDDLE (neutral) Descent Throttle stick Rudder stick Nose Left To the left Stop SLOW (moved to the bottom) < Before Use > 27 ŶƗƌƆƎŃŤƇƍƘƖƗƐƈƑƗŃ ŤƇƍƘƖƗƐƈƑƗŃƒƉŃƗƋƈŃƖƗƌƆƎŃƏƈƙƈƕŃ ƏƈƑƊƗƋ <RXFDQDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIVWLFNOHYHUVDV\RX OLNH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIWKH VWLFNVLQOLQHZLWK\RXUKDQGVL]H Lever head A Lever head B Side cover +ROG WKH OHYHU KHDG % DQG WXUQ WKH OHYHU head "A" counter-clockwise. The lock will be released. 2. Turn the lever-head "A" clockwise as you hold WKHOHYHUKHDG%DIWHUSODFLQJLWDV\RXOLNH 3. Using your hand remove the transmitter's rear rubber grips. *It is difficult to remove rear grips from the central site of a transmitter. Therefore, remove from the outside of rear grips. ŤƇƍƘƖƗƐƈƑƗŃƒƉŃƖƗƌƆƎŃƏƈƙƈƕŃ ƗƈƑƖƌƒƑ It removes from here You can adjust how quickly the stick returns to neutral. Rear Grip Rear Grip 4. Use a 1.5mm hexagonal wrench to adjust the spring strength as you prefer by turning the adjusting screw of the stick you want to adjust. 7XUQLQJWKHVFUHZFORFNZLVHLQFUHDVHVWKHWHQVLRQ The tension of the self-return type stick lever can EHDGMXVWHG 1. First, remove the battery cover on the bottom of the transmitter. Next, unplug the battery wire and remove the battery from the transmitter. 2. Next, using a hand, remove the transmitter's side cover (rubber). When using Mode 2, you will need to remove the side cover to expose the tension screw. 28 < Before Use > CAUTION: Loosening the screw too much can interfere with the internal stick operation. 1.5mm hexagonal wrench •Stick Tension (J4) (Mode 1/2) Turn screw counter-clockwise. Turn screw clockwise. •Stick Tension (J1) (Mode 1/2) Stick tension minimum Stick tension maximum •Stick Tension (J3) (Mode 1) 5. At the end of adjustment, re-install the side cover and rear grips. •Stick Tension (J2) (Mode 2) ŶŧŃŦƄƕƇŃŋƖƈƆƘƕƈŃƇƌƊƌƗƄƏŃƐƈƐƒƕƜŃƆƄƕƇŌŃŋƑƒƗŃƌƑƆƏƘƇƈƇŌ The T16SZ transmitter model data can be stored by using any commonly found SD card. When 76=WUDQVPLWWHUXSGDWHVRIWZDUHLVUHOHDVHGWKHVRIWZDUHLVXSGDWHGXVLQJDQ6'FDUG7KH76=LV capable of using SD and SDHC cards (SD:32MB-2GB SDHC:4GB-32GB). ŶŧŃƆƄƕƇŃƕƈƄƇƈƕŒƚƕƌƗƈƕ ŶƗƒƕƈƇŃƇƄƗƄ Saving model data and update files (released from Futaba) into the SD card, you can use those ILOHV RQ \RXU76= WUDQVPLWWHU (TXLSPHQW IRU UHDGLQJDQGZULWLQJ6'FDUGVLVDYDLODEOHDWPRVW electronics stores. When you have a problem of saving or reading GDWDDIWHUDORQJSHULRGRIXVHSOHDVHJHWDQHZ6' card. *We are not responsible for, and offer no compensation for, memory card data that fails or is damaged for any reason. Be sure to keep a backup of all important data stored in your SD card. < Before Use > 29 ŬƑƖƈƕƗƌƑƊŒƕƈƐƒƙƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃŶŧŃƆƄƕƇ ③ When the SD card is pressed in once again, the card will be released from the card slot and can be removed. ① The side battery cover is removable. CAUTION Be sure to turn off the power to the transmitter before inserting or removing the SD card. Battery cover As the SD card is a precision device, do not use excessive force when inserting. -When an SD card is installed in the T16SZ transmitter, a folder called "Futaba" is creDWHG)ROGHUVFDOOHG/2*DQG02'(/ DUH FUHDWHG LQ WKLV IROGHU 7KH 02'(/ IROGHUVWRUHVWKHPRGHOGDWDDQGWKH/2* folder stores the telemetry log data. SD card slot SD card slot ②The SD card slot is shown here in the th he figure below. w. *Pay attention to o the the proper p op pr oper er orientation ori rien ienta tati tion ti on of of the SD card, as shown here. h h 30 < Before Use > -The telemetry log data recorded on the SD card can be converted to CSV format by the telemeter log converter released on our home page. When copying or moving a log ¿OHDOZD\VVHOHFWERWK)/,DQG)/'¿OH ŦƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŒųƏƘƊ ŶőťŸŶŃƆƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŃŋŶőŬŒũŌ When using an S.BUS servo and telemetry sensor, connect them both here. ŨƄƕƓƋƒƑƈŃƓƏƘƊ Earphone Plug Connecting a stereo headphone to this plug, the speech information of telemetry can be heard. Charge Plug ŦƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŃƉƒƕŃƅƄƗƗƈƕƜŃƆƋƄƕƊƈƕ This is the connector for charging the NiMH battery HT5F1800B that is installed in the transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except the attached special charger corresponding to NiMH battery. WARNING Do not connect any other chargers except the special charger to this charging connector. Rubber cover Trainer Connector S.BUS (S.I/F) Connector ŦƒƑƑƈƆƗƒƕŃƉƒƕŃƗƕƄƌƑƈƕŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑ When you use the trainer function, connect the RSWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOHEHWZHHQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUVIRU teacher and student. *You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function screen in the System menu. < Before Use > 31 ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃƑƒƐƈƑƆƏƄƗƘƕƈ Before using the receiver, be sure to read the SUHFDXWLRQVOLVWHGLQWKHIROORZLQJSDJHV ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃŵŚœœśŶť DANGER Don't attach a connector as shown in the preceding illustration. *It will short-circuit if connected in this way. A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause abnormal heating, fire and burns. WARNING S.BUS2 connectors Don't connect an S.BUS servo / gyro to S.BUS2 connector. Connector "1 through 6": outputs for the channels 1 through 6 %RXWSXWVRIFKDQQHOVDQGSRZHU "8/SB": outputs of 8 channels or S.BUS port. [S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro ] *When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you have to set &+02'(RIWKHIROORZLQJSDJHWRPRGH%RU mode D. "S.BUS2": outputs of S.BUS2 port. [S.BUS2 Servo S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry Sensor ] *When using 9 or more channels, use an S.BUS IXQFWLRQ RU XVH D VHFRQG 56% DQG OLQN both to your transmitter. &*< 6%86 *\UR VKRXOG 127 EH connected to the S.BUS2 ports on any receiver. Connector insertion LED Monitor This monitor is used to check the CH mode of the receiver. Link/Mode Switch 8VH WKH VPDOO SODVWLF VFUHZ GULYHU WKDW ZDV LQFOXGHGZLWK\RXUUHFHLYHU 7KH/LQN0RGH6ZLWFKLVDOVRXVHGIRUWKH&+ mode selection. + Firmly insert the connector in the direction VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH,QVHUWWKH6%86E\WXUQLQJ it 90 degrees. DANGER 5HFHLYHU Do not connect either a switch or battery in this manner. 32 < Before Use > − Extra Voltage Connector 8VH WKLV FRQQHFWRU ZKHQ XVLQJ D YROWDJH telemetry device to send the battery voltage (DC0 a9IURPWKHUHFHLYHUWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU <RXZLOOQHHGWRSXUFKDVHWKHRSWLRQDO([WHUQDO 9ROWDJHLQSXWFDEOH&$59,1)870 <RX FDQ WKHQ PDNH D FDEOH ZLWK DQ H[WUD FRQQHFWRUWRWKH([WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRU DANGER Don't touch wiring. * There is a danger of receiving an electric shock. Do not short-circuit the battery terminals. * A short circuit across the battery terminals may cause abnormal heating, fire and burns. Please double check your polarity ( + and − ) when hooking up your connectors. * If + and − of wiring are mistaken, it will damage, ignite and explode. >+RZWRFKDQJHWKH56%&KDQQHOPRGH@ 1. Press and hold down the Link/Mode button RQWKH56%UHFHLYHU 2. Turn the receiver on while holding down the Link/Mode button. When the LED begins to blink green/red the button may be released. 3. The LED should now be blinking red in one of the patterns described by the chart below. 4. Each press of the Mode/Link button advances the receiver to the next mode. 5. When you reach the mode that you wish to operate in, press and hold the Mode/ Link button for more than 2 seconds. 6. Once locked into the correct mode the LED will change to a solid color. 7. Please cycle the receiver(s) power off and back on again after changing the Channel Mode. Don't connect to Extra Voltage before turning on a receiver power supply. ŵŚœœśŶť ŦūŃŰƒƇƈ 7KH 56% UHFHLYHU LV D YHU\ YHUVDWLOH XQLW,WKDV3:0RXWSXWV6%86DQG6%86 outputs. Additionally the PWM outputs can be FKDQJHGIURPFKDQQHOVWRFKDQQHOV,I you only desire to use it as an 8 channel receiver ZLWKRXW 6%86 LW FDQ EH XVHG ZLWKRXW DQ\ setting changes. 7KH 76= KDV WKH DELOLW\ WR OLQN WR WZR 56% UHFHLYHUV 2QH RI WKHP RXWSXWWLQJ channels 1-8 and the other outputting channels JLYHV\RX3:0FKDQQHOV,QVWUXFWLRQV for this configuration and S.BUS operation IROORZ R7008SB CH MODE TABLE Receiver connector Setting channel Mode A 1-8CH Mode B 1-7CH Mode C 9-16CH Mode D 9-15CH 1 1 1 9 9 2 2 2 10 10 3 3 3 11 11 4 4 4 12 12 5 5 5 13 13 6 6 6 14 14 7/B 7 7 15 15 8/SB 8 S.BUS 16 S.BUS Red LED blink 1 time 2 times 3 times 4 times Default < Before Use > 33 ŵƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŊƖŃŤƑƗƈƑƑƄŃŬƑƖƗƄƏƏƄƗƌƒƑ 7KH56%KDVWZRDQWHQQDV,QRUGHUWRPD[LPL]HVLJQDOUHFHSWLRQDQGSURPRWHVDIHPRGHOLQJ )XWDEDKDVDGRSWHGDGLYHUVLW\DQWHQQDV\VWHP7KLVDOORZVWKHUHFHLYHUWRREWDLQ5)VLJQDOVRQERWK DQWHQQDVDQGÀ\SUREOHPIUHH *Must be kept as straight as possible. Antenna Coaxial cable R7008SB Receiver To obtain the best results of the diversity I X Q F W L R Q S O H D V H U H I H U W R W K H I R O O R Z L Q J instructions: 1. The two antennas must be kept as straight as possible. Otherwise it will reduce the effective range. 2. The two antennas should be placed at 90 degrees to each other. Antenna This is not a critical figure, but the most important thing is to keep the antennas away from each other as much as possible. Larger models can have large metal objects that can weaken the RF signal. In this case the antennas should be placed at both sides of the model. Then the best 5)VLJQDOFRQGLWLRQLVREWDLQHGDWDQ\Á\LQJ attitude. 3. The antennas must be kept away from conductive materials, such as metal, carbon and fuel tank, by at least half an inch. The coaxial part of the antennas does not need to follow these guidelines, but do not bend it in a tight radius. 4. Keep the antennas away from the motor, ESC, and other noise sources as much as possible. Antenna 7KHWZRDQWHQQDVVKRXOGEHSODFHGDWGHJUHHVWRHDFKRWKHU 7KHLOOXVWUDWLRQGHPRQVWUDWHVKRZWKHDQWHQQDVKRXOGEHSODFHG 5HFHLYHU9LEUDWLRQDQG:DWHUSURRILQJ7KHUHFHLYHUFRQWDLQVSUHFLVLRQHOHFWURQLFSDUWV%HVXUHWRDYRLGYLEUDWLRQ VKRFN DQG WHPSHUDWXUH H[WUHPHV )RU SURWHFWLRQ ZUDS WKH UHFHLYHU LQ IRDP UXEEHU RU RWKHU YLEUDWLRQDEVRUELQJ PDWHULDOV,WLVDOVRDJRRGLGHDWRZDWHUSURRIWKHUHFHLYHUE\SODFLQJLWLQDSODVWLFEDJDQGVHFXULQJWKHRSHQHQGRIWKH EDJZLWKDUXEEHUEDQGEHIRUHZUDSSLQJLWZLWKIRDPUXEEHU,I\RXDFFLGHQWDOO\JHWPRLVWXUHRUIXHOLQVLGHWKHUHFHLYHU \RXPD\H[SHULHQFHLQWHUPLWWHQWRSHUDWLRQRUDFUDVK,ILQGRXEWUHWXUQWKHUHFHLYHUWRRXUVHUYLFHFHQWHUIRUVHUYLFH 34 < Before Use > ŰƒƘƑƗƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃŶƈƕƙƒŃ Wood screw 2.3-2.6mm nut washer Rubber grommet Brass eyelet Rubber grommet Brass eyelet Servo mount Servo mount 2.3-2.6mm screw (Airplane/Glider) (Helicopter) ŶƄƉƈƗƜŃƓƕƈƆƄƘƗƌƒƑƖŃƚƋƈƑŃ ƜƒƘŃƌƑƖƗƄƏƏŃƕƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŃƄƑƇŃ ƖƈƕƙƒƖő WARNING Connecting connectors Be sure to insert the connector until it stops at the deepest point. How to protect the receiver from vibration and water ŶƈƕƙƒŃƏƈƄƇŃƚƌƕƈƖŃ To prevent the servo lead cable from being broken by vibration during flight, provide a little slack in the cable and fasten it at suitable points. Periodically check the cable during daily maintenance. Wrap the receiver with something soft such as foam rubber to avoid vibration. If there is a chance of getting wet, put the receiver in a waterproof bag or balloon. Receiver's antenna Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not bind the receiver's antenna with the cables for servos. Margin in the lead wire. Fasten about 5-10cm from the servo outlet so that the lead wire is neat and secure. ŰƒƘƑƗƌƑƊŃƗƋƈŃƓƒƚƈƕŃƖƚƌƗƆƋŃ :KHQ PRXQWLQJ D SRZHU VZLWFK WR DQ airframe, make a rectangular hole that is a little ODUJHU WKDQ WKH WRWDO VWURNH RI WKH VZLWFK VR WKDW \RX FDQ WXUQ WKH VZLWFK 212)) ZLWKRXW binding. $YRLG PRXQWLQJ WKH VZLWFK ZKHUH LW FDQ EH FRYHUHGE\HQJLQHRLODQGGXVW,QJHQHUDOLWLV UHFRPPHQGHGWRPRXQWWKHSRZHUVZLWFKRQWKH VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU Attached screw Less than 5 mm of mounting plate Switch cover Switch Locate the receiver's antenna as far as possible from metals or carbon fiber components such as frames, cables, etc. *Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce the radio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause a crash. Servo throw Adjust your system so that pushrods will not bind or sag when operating the servos to the full extent. *If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, the servo could be damaged due to force on the gear train and/or power consumption causing rapid battery drain. Mounting servos Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as rubber grommet) under a servo when mounting the servo on a servo mount. And be sure that the servo cases do not touch directly to the metal parts such as servo mount. *If the servo case contacts the airframe directly, vibration will travel to and possibly damage the servo. < Before Use > 35 ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃŬƑƖƗƄƏƏƄƗƌƒƑ 7KLVVHWXVHVWKH6%866%86V\VWHP7KHZLULQJLVDVVLPSOL¿HGDQGFOHDQPRXQWLQJDVSRVVLEOH HYHQZLWKPRGHOVWKDWXVHDODUJHQXPEHURIVHUYRV,QDGGLWLRQWKHZLQJVFDQEHTXLFNO\LQVWDOOHGWRWKH IXVHODJHZLWKRXWDQ\HUURQHRXVZLULQJE\WKHXVHRIRQO\RQHVLPSOHZLUHHYHQZKHQWKHUHDUHDODUJH number of servos used. Ɣ:KHQXVLQJ6%866%86VSHFLDOVHWWLQJVDQGPL[HVLQ\RXUWUDQVPLWWHUPD\EHXQQHFHVVDU\ Ɣ7KH6%866%86VHUYRVPHPRUL]HWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVWKHPVHOYHVVHWWDEOHZLWKWKH76= Ɣ7KH6%866%86V\VWHPDQGFRQYHQWLRQDOV\VWHPUHFHLYHUFRQYHQWLRQDO&+XVHGFDQEHPL[HG S.BUS Glider usage example Receiver: R7008SB Servo: S3174SV×9 ( Optional ) HUB×4 ( Optional ) Throttle servo: BLS173SV ( Optional ) Battery: FR2F1800 ( Optional ) S.BUS Aerobatic plane usage example Switch Receiver: R7008SB Aileron servo: BLS174SV×2 ( Optional ) HUB×3 ( Optional ) Rudder Servo: BLS175SV×1 ( Optional ) Elevator servo: BLS173SV×2 ( Optional ) 36 < Before Use > ŶőťŸŶŃźƌƕƌƑƊŃƈƛƄƐƓƏƈ *When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you must set the receiver to Mode B or Mode D. See ●S.BUS Servo R7008SB CH MODE TABLE. Page 33 Since the channel number is memorized by the S.BUS itself, any connector can be used. When the SBD-1, SBD-2 (sold separately) is used, ordinary servos can be used with the S.BUS system. Receiver *SBD-1 S.BUS Decoders cannot be used by S.BUS2 port. Optional Parts ●6-Terminal box (TB16PP) Six connectors can be inserted %DWWHU\ 6%86 3RUW 6% +XE ق$QRWKHU SRZHUVXSSO\ك 6ZLWFK 7HUPLQDOER[ 6%86 ([WHQVLRQ &DEOH 6ZLWFK +XE +XE ●Hub(Another power supply) Used when using a separate power supply battery. Orange %DWWHU\ ●Hub Three connectors can be inserted. Green 6%866HUYR 6%866HUYR ●When separate power supply used WARNING When a large number of servos are used or when high current servos are used, the servos can be driven by a separate power supply by using a separate Power Supply 3-way hub with orange connector. Power supply Please make sure that you use a battery that can deliver enough capacity for the number and kind of servos used. Alkaline batteries cannot be used. S.BUS Gyro CGY750 Connection example &+ (OHYDWRU 6ZLWFK *When using 8/SB as S.BUS, you must set the receiver to Mode B or Mode D. See R7008SB CH MODE TABLE. Receiver &+ $LOHURQ %DWWHU\ 6%863RUW 6% &+ 7KURWWOH &+ 5XGGHU &*< *\UR &+ 3LWFK < Before Use > 37 ŶőťŸŶŕŃŶƜƖƗƈƐ When using the S.BUS2 port, an impressive array of telemetry sensors may be utilized. S.BUS2 TABLE Receiver port S.BUS Servo S.BUS Gyro S.BUS2 Servo S.BUS2 Gyro Telemetry sensor S.BUS ○ ○ × S.BUS2 × (※) ○ ○ (※)Don't connect S.BUS Servo, S.BUS Gyro to S.BUS2 connector. S.BUS servos and gyros and S.BUS2 servos and gyros must be used in the correct receiver ports. Please refer to the instruction manual to make sure you connect to the correct one. &+0RGHLVVHWWR0RGH%>'@ 6%86 3RUW 6% 6%86 3RUW +XE +XE 6%866HUYR 6%86VHUYR &RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH 6%86J\UR &RQQHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOH 7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU &RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH 38 < Before Use > +XE +XE 6%866HUYR 7HOHPHWU\ 6HQVRU 6%86VHUYR &RQQHFWLRQLVLPSRVVLEOH 6%86 *<52 ٔ 5XGGHU6HUYR ŶőťŸŶŒŶőťŸŶŕŃƇƈƙƌƆƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or a telemetry sensor can be connected directly to the T16SZ. Channel setting and other data can be entered for the S.BUS/S.BUS2 servos or sensors. 76= &RQQHFWWKH6%86GHYLFHDQGEDWWHU\\RX ZDQWWRVHWZLWKDZD\KXERU<KDUQHVVHV DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUH 2. Turn on the transmitter power. 3. Call the setup screen. Servo: System Menu ĺ6%86VHUYR Sensor: Linkage Menu ĺ Sensor 4. Perform setting in accordance with each screen. 5. This sets the channel and other data for each 6%86 VHUYR RU WHOHPHWU\ GHYLFH WR EH XVHG ZLWKWKH6%86GHYLFHRUUHFHLYHU :D\KXE RU<KDUQHVVHV 5HFHLYHU %DWWHU\ 6%866%86 GHYLFH 6%866%86VHUYR 7HOHPHWU\VHQVRU WARNING Do not disconnect or turn transmitter power OFF while S.BUS servo and telemetry sensor data is being saved. ■ S.BUS servo and sensor save data will be lost, resulting in malfunction. < Before Use > 39 BASIC OPERATION ūƒƐƈŃƖƆƕƈƈƑ This is the Home screen and descriptions of its menus. Use your finger to operate the touch screen. Battery voltage for receivers Condition name Battery Indicator • In FASSTest/T-FHSS mode, it is displayed. Receiver voltage and Ext voltage display • The condition name that is currently used is displayed here. • When the battery voltage reaches 5.8V, the alarm will beep. Land your aircraft immediately. → (Menu) • Model Tap the button to call Model Menu screen. System mode • System(FASSTest18CH etc.) mode is displayed here. The reception of the signal from the receiver to the transmitter is shown. RF Indicator Model Name 7KLVGRHVQRWDIIHFWÁLJKW Timer1, Timer2 • Timer is displayed here. Tap the time button to start/stop the timer. (When the screen is tapped for 1 second, timer is reset to the initial value.) User's name • The model name that is currently used is displayed here. → (Menu) • System • Linkage • Model select Tap the button to call each Menu screen. System timer • This shows the accumulated time since the latest reset. (Each model / Total) (Hour):(Minute):(Second) Digital trim (T1 to T4) • Trim position is displayed here. WARNING Be sure to confirm the model name before flying your aircraft. Check the battery voltage as often as possible and try to charge the battery earlier. If the battery alarm makes a sound, land your aircraft immediately. *You can adjust the LCD contrast by the display setting in the system menu. 40 < Basic Operation > ŃůƌƑƎŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈŃŋŷŔřŶŽŒŵŚœœśŶťŌ Each transmitter has an individually assigned, unique ID code. In order to start operation, the receiver must be linked with the ID code of the transmitter to which it is being paired. Once the link is made, the ID code is stored in the receiver and no further linking is necessary unless the receiver is to be used with another transmitter. When you purchase additional R7008SB receivers, this procedure is necessary; otherwise the receiver will not work. ůƌƑƎŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ 1. Place the transmitter and the receiver close to each other within half (0.5m) meter. 6.[Link] is tapped. The transmitter will emit a chime as it starts the linking process. Less than 0.5 m 2. Turn on the transmitter. 3. Select [System type] at the Linkage menu and access the setup screen shown below by tapping the screen. 7. When the transmitter starts to chime, power on the receiver. The receiver should link to the transmitter within about 1 second. 4. When you use two receivers on one model, you must change from [Single] to [Dual]. *Only two receivers can be used. In "Dual", two setting items come out. Input, respectively. ID of a primary receiver displays. ID of a secondary receiver displays. In "Link" Mode Receiver ON In Dual, a primary receiver (Rx1) is linked first. Next, a secondary (Rx2) receiver is linked. 5. Battery fail-safe voltage can be changed from the initial value of 3.8V here. * Only in FASSTest/T-FHSS Mode. 8. If linking fails, an error message is displayed. Bring the transmitter closer to the receiver and repeat the procedure above from Step 2. < Basic Operation > 41 9. ACT will be chosen if telemetry is used. It is INH when not using it. setup a "Rx1" and "Rx2" in the "dual" mode. *Telemetry function cannot be used for the 2nd receiver. → FASSTest18CH *Telemetry function cannot be used for the dual receiver. → T-FHSS, FASSTest12CH *You must link one receiver at a time. If both power supplies to the receivers are switched on simultaneously, data is received incorrectly by the transmitter. *You cannot link three receivers. 10. When a telemetry function is enabled, the receiving interval (down-link interval) of sensor data can be changed. If a D/ L interval is increased, the response of the sensor data display becomes slower, but stick response will improve. Initial value: 1.0s Adjustment range: 0.1s~2.0s *Link is required when a system type is changed. *Linking is required whenever a new model is made. WARNING After the linking is done, please cycle receiver power and check that the receiver to be linked is really under the control of the transmitter. Do not perform the linking procedure with motor's main wire connected or with the engine operating as it may result in serious injury. *If there are many FASSTest (T-FHSS) systems turned on around your receiver, it might not link to your transmitter. In this case, even if the receiver's LED stays solid green, unfortunately the receiver might have established a link to one of other transmitters. This is very dangerous if you do not notice this situation. In order to avoid the problem, we strongly recommend you to double check whether your receiver is really under control by your transmitter by giving the stick input and then checking the servo response. ŤƉƗƈƕŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ *Do not perform the linking operation when the drive motor is connected or the engine is running. *When you use two receivers, please be sure to 42 < Basic Operation > After setting, press a HOME/EXIT button ŬƉŃƗƋƈŃƕƈƆƈƌƙƈƕŊƖŃƙƒƏƗƄƊƈŃƇƒƈƖŃƑƒƗŃƇƌƖƓƏƄƜŃƒƑŃƗƋƈŃƗƕƄƑƖƐƌƗƗƈƕŃŃŃŃŃ ◆ When the receiver has the transmitter's ID in memory, a link is established and normal operation is allowed. ◆ When the transmitter has the receiver's ID in memory, a link is established and telemetry functions are usable. The transmitter stores receiver IDs by model; thus, if it does not have a particular receiver model ID stored in memory or has a different receiver ID stored, telemetry functions will be unusable. However, the device is operable as long as the receiver has the transmitter's ID stored in memory. Link of model 1 Model 1 → Model 2 Model 1: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1 Model 2: Receiver ID: --------- Device is operable if receiver has transmitter's ID stored in memory Model 3: Receiver ID: --------- Link Tx ID: xxxxxx2 Rx ID: xxxxxx1 Telemetry functions unusable because Model 2 does not have receiver's ID stored in memory. Transmitter switched to Model 2 and link reestablished Operable Model 1: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1 Tx ID: xxxxxx2 stored Tx ID: xxxxxx2 stored Link Model 2: Receiver ID: --------Model 3: Receiver ID: --------- Rx ID: xxxxxx1 Telemetry usable Model 1: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1 Model 2: Receiver ID: xxxxxx1 Model 3: Receiver ID: --------- Receiver ID: xxxxxx1 stored for Model 1 Because receiver IDs will be stored in the memory of each transmitter model, it is unnecessary to reestablish a link once the receiver ID has been stored in memory for a given model. Telemetry usable Rx ID: xxxxxx1 When setting up a new model, before using it, first establish a link with the receiver that will be used with it. < Basic Operation > 43 ŵƄƑƊƈŃŷƈƖƗƌƑƊŃżƒƘƕŃŵŒŦŃŶƜƖƗƈƐŃ ,WLVH[WUHPHO\LPSRUWDQWWRUDQJHFKHFN\RXUPRGHOVSULRUWRHDFKÀ\LQJVHVVLRQ7KLVHQDEOHV\RXWRHQVXUH WKDWHYHU\WKLQJLVIXQFWLRQLQJDVLWVKRXOGDQGWRREWDLQPD[LPXPHQMR\PHQWIURP\RXUWLPHÀ\LQJ7KH76= transmitter incorporates a system that reduces its power output and allows you to perform such a range check. ŵƄƑƊƈŃƆƋƈƆƎŃƐƒƇƈŃ 1. While pushing "U.MENU/MON." button. 2. THR Stick Slow. U.MENU/MON. 3. T16SZ Power ON. 4. Select "Range check" at the System menu. During this mode, the RF power output is reduced so the range test can be performed. In addition, when this mode is activated the right LED on the front of the transmitter starts blinking and the transmitter gives users a warning with a beeping sound. 7KH 5DQJH FKHFN PRGH FRQWLQXHV IRU VHFRQGV and after that the power will return to the normal level. 7RH[LWWKH5DQJHFKHFNPRGHEHIRUHWKHVHFRQGV press the "HOME/EXIT" button. NEVER start flying when the "Range check mode" is active. Should you require additional time to perform a range check, highlight Restart before your time expires and tap the screen one time. ŵƄƑƊƈŃƆƋƈƆƎŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ 5. "Start" tap. 1. With the "Range check mode" on, walk away from the model while simultaneously operating the controls. Have an assistant stand by the model to confirm that all controls are completely and correctly operational. You should be able to walk approximately 30-50 paces from the model without losing control. 2. If everything operates correctly, return to the model. Set the transmitter in a safe, yet accessible, location so it will be within reach after starting the engine or motor. Be certain the throttle stick is in the low throttle position, then start the engine or motor. Perform another range check with your assistant holding the aircraft with the engine running at various speeds. If the servos jitter or move inadvertently, there may be a problem. We ZRXOGVWURQJO\VXJJHVW\RXGRQRWÁ\XQWLOWKH VRXUFHRIWKHGLIÀFXOW\KDVEHHQGHWHUPLQHG Look for loose servo connections or binding pushrods. Also, be certain that the battery has been fully charged. Range checking on low power. About 100 feet 6. The HOME/EXIT button is pressed to end a range check. WARNING Do not fly in the range check mode. *Since the range of the radio waves is short, if the model is too far from the transmitter, control will be lost and the model will crash. 44 < Basic Operation > Range check mode MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŃƅƄƖƌƆŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ ŔőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƄƇƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƄƑƇŃƆƄƏƏ Initial setting assigns 1 model to the T16SZ transmitter. The Model Select function is used to add models and to select models which are already set. The data for up to 30 models can be saved to the transmitter. Data can also be saved to the optional SD card. ŏ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW the direction with the Reverse function of the Linkage menu. The currently selected model name is displayed at the WRSRIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJDQ\ VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH ŕőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƗƜƓƈŃƖƈƏƈƆƗƌƒƑŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃŃ Select the model type matched to the aircraft with the Model type select function of the Linkage menu. For an airplane, select the model type from among the 2 types: airplane and glider. After the wing type is selected the tail type select screen is displayed. Select the tail type matched to the aircraft. There are 13 wing types and 3 tail types for airplane and glider. ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDQGFRQWUROVXUIDFH angle with the linkage, and fine tune them with the Sub trim and End point functions DQJOH DGMXVWPHQW 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH a limit position can also be set with the End point function. The End point function can DGMXVWWKHDPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIWULJKW movement, limit, and servo speed of each channel. ŖőŃũƘƖƈƏƄƊƈŃƏƌƑƎƄƊƈ Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder, etc. in accordance with the model's instruction manual. For a description of the connection method, see the "Servos connection by model type". Note: The channel assignment of the T16SZ is different from that of our existing systems. Note that even for the same "airplane model", when the wing type and tail type are different, the channel assignment may be different. (The channel assigned to each function can be checked at the "Function" of the Linkage menu.) ŗőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƆƘƗŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a switch without changing the throttle trim position. Set throttle cut with the Throttle cut function of the Linkage menu. After activating the throttle cut function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed. For safety, the throttle cut function operates the throttle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position. < Model Basic Setting Procedure > 45 ŚőŃŤƌƕƅƕƄƎƈ This function is used when an air brake is necessary when taking off or diving, etc. 7KHSUHVHWHOHYDWRUVDQGÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDS offset amount can be activated by a switch. ŘőŃŬƇƏƈŃƇƒƚƑŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ The idling speed can be lowered with one touch by a switch without changing the throttle trim position. Perform this setting with the Idle down function of the Linkage menu. After activating the Idle down function and selecting the switch, adjust the idle down speed. For safety, the idle down function acts only when the throttle stick is slow side. The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the speed of the aileron, elevator, and flap servos can be adjusted. (In side/Out side) A delay can be set for each condition, and a cut switch which will turn OFF the delay can be FKRVHQ7ULPDPRXQWVFDQEH¿QHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 You can also set the auto mode, which will link Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the ON/OFF switch. *While the Throttle cut function is in operation, the Idle down function does not work. śőŃŤƇƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƒƉŃƳƌƊƋƗŃƆƒƑƇƌƗƌƒƑƖ řőŃŤũŵŃŋŧŒŵŌ AFR function is used to adjust the throw and operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch functions for each flight condition. This is normally used after End point KDVGH¿QHGWKHPD[LPXPWKURZGLUHFWLRQV The Condition select function automatically allocates the Condition 1 for each model. Condition 1 is the default condition and is the only one active when a new PRGHOW\SHLVGH¿QHG ,I\RXZDQWWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVSOHDVHUHIHUWRD description of the Condition select function. *The Condition 1 is always on, and remains on until other conditions are activated by switches. *When a new condition is added, the model data of the Condition 1 is automatically copied to the new condition. *You can set the model data of new condition in the switch ON state. However, if the group mode (Gr) was selected in advance, the same data will be input at all the conditions. Select the single mode (Sngl) and adjust only the condition you want to change. For Group/Single mode switching, refer to the description at the back of this manual. *The Condition delay can be programmed for each channel. The Condition delay is used to change the servo throw smoothly when switching conditions. 46 < Model Basic Setting Procedure > ūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŃƅƄƖƌƆŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊŃƓƕƒƆƈƇƘƕƈ 7KLVVHFWLRQRXWOLQHVH[DPSOHVRIXVHRIWKHKHOLFRSWHUIXQFWLRQVRIWKH76=$GMXVWWKHDFWXDOYDOXHVHWFWR match the fuselage used. ŔőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƄƇƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƄƑƇŃƆƄƏƏ ŖőŃũƏƌƊƋƗŃƆƒƑƇƌƗƌƒƑŃƄƇƇƌƗƌƒƑ Default setting assigns 1 model to the T16SZ. To add new models or to call a model already set, use the Model select function. 7KHWUDQVPLWWHUFDQLQVWDOOXSWRHLJKWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV per model. This is convenient when calling a model after registering the model names in advance. (The data of up to 30 models can be saved at the transmitter. Data can also be saved to the optional SD card.) The currently called model is displayed at the top of the screen. Before flying and before changing any VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH ŕőŃŰƒƇƈƏŃƗƜƓƈŃƄƑƇŃƖƚƄƖƋŃƗƜƓƈŃƖƈƏƈƆƗƌƒƑ If a different model type is already selected, select helicopter with the Model type function of the Linkage menu, and then select the swash type matched to the helicopter. The Condition select function automatically allocates ¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHU (General setting) ŏ1RUPDO ŏ,GOHXS ŏ,GOHXS ŏ,GOHXS ŏ+ROG Note: Delete conditions you have not set up and will not use. Otherwise you may DFFLGHQWDOO\DFWLYDWHWKHPGXULQJÁLJKWDQG cause a crash. *For a description of the condition deletion, refer to the Condition select function. The Normal condition is always on, and remains on until other conditions are activated by switches. The priority is throttle hold/idle up 2/idle up 1/normal. Throttle hold has the highest priority. Add other conditions, as required. The Condition delay can be programmed for each channel. The Condition delay is used to change the servo throw smoothly when switching conditions. (General Àight condition setting example) ŏ1RUPDO8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH when switch OFF) 8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU 8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSUROOLQJVWDOOWXUQDQGRWKHU maneuvers. *The Model type function automatically selects the DSSURSULDWHRXWSXWFKDQQHOVFRQWUROIXQFWLRQVDQGPL[LQJ functions for the chosen model type. Eight swash types are available for helicopters. ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH 8VHLQUROOV ŏ7KURWWOHKROG2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH 8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ *For a description of the swash type selection, refer to the Model type function. < Model Basic Setting Procedure > 47 ŗőŃũƘƖƈƏƄƊƈŃƏƌƑƎƄƊƈ Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator, pitch, and other servos in accordance with the kit instruction manual. For a description of the connection method, see "Servos connection by model type". Note: The channel assignment of the T16SZ is different from that of our existing systems. (The channel assigned to each function can be checked at the Function menu of the Linkage menu.) ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ([FHSW+PRGH *If any interactions are noticed, for a description of the linkage correction function, please refer to the SWASH function. ŘőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŒųƌƗƆƋŃƆƘƕƙƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ This function adjusts the throttle or pitch operation curve in relation to the movement of the throttle stick for each condition. ŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR LV incorrect, use the Reverse function of the /LQNDJH PHQX $OVR XVH WKH VZDVK $)5 IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH Throttle curve setting example! Call the throttle curve of each condition with the condition select switch. ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW Normal curve creates a basic throttle curve FHQWHUHGQHDUKRYHULQJ7KLVFXUYHLVDGMXVWHG together with the pitch curve (Normal) so that the HQJLQHVSHHGLVFRQVWDQWDQGXSGRZQFRQWUROLV easiest. ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW The low side Throttle curve creates a curve PDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFVORRSUROO'HWF ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR (Gyro side function) ŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKH carburetor can fully close at full trim throttle cut. ŏ $GMXVW WKH QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DW WKH OLQNDJH VLGHDQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQ and End point function (rudder angle DGMXVWPHQW 7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH D OLPLW position can also be set with the End point function. ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW The curve is not used when performing auto rotation dives. &RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQRI WKHVWLFNLVLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ <Example of pitch curve setting! Call the pitch curve of each condition with the condition select switch. ŏ3LWFKFXUYH1RUPDO 0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\º~6º. Set the pitch at hovering with the stick position at WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG *Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve. Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function and hovering pitch function together. ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS The idle up 1 pitch curve function creates a curve 48 < Model Basic Setting Procedure > PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW 6HWWRºaº as standard. ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS The high side pitch setting is less than idle up 1. The standard is +8º. ŏ3LWFKFXUYH+ROG $WDXWRURWDWLRQXVHWKHPD[LPXPSLWFKDWERWK the high and low sides. >3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@ 7KURWWOHKROGºaº śőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƋƒƏƇŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ *If throttle hold is necessary, please refer to the Throttle hold function. ŜőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƆƘƗŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the engine, by flipping a switch with the throttle stick at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults to INH. řőŃŤũŵŃŋŧŒŵŌ AFR (D/R) function is used to adjust the throw and operation curve of aileron, elevator and rudder for each condition. )RU WKURWWOH DQG SLWFK FXUYH VHWWLQJV UHIHU WR WKH DERYH mentioned "Throttle/Pitch curve setting" 7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QGSRLQWKDVGH¿QHGWKH PD[LPXPWKURZGLUHFWLRQV *With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position until the engine consistently shuts off, but throttle linkage is not binding. ŔœőŃŶƚƄƖƋŃŰƌƛŃƆƒƕƕƈƆƗƖŃƄƌƏƈƕƒƑŏŃ ƈƏƈƙƄƗƒƕŃƄƑƇŃƓƌƗƆƋŃƌƑƗƈƕƄƆƗƌƒƑ 7KH VZDVK PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ LV XVHG WR FRUUHFW WKH swash plate in the aileron (Left/Right Cyclic) and elevator (Forward/Aft Cyclic) direction corresponding to each operation of each condition. ŚőŃŪƜƕƒŃƖƈƑƖƌƗƌƙƌƗƜŃƄƑƇŃƐƒƇƈŃƖƚƌƗƆƋƌƑƊ The gyro sensitivity and mode switching function is GHGLFDWHGJ\URPL[LQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQXDQGFDQEHVHW for each condition. ŔŔőŃŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃƐƌƛƌƑƊŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ ,I WKURWWOH PL[LQJ LV QHFHVVDU\ WR FRPSHQVDWH IRU HQJLQH slowing caused when the swash plate operates at the same time as ailerons or elevator, please refer to the Throttle PL[LQJIXQFWLRQ ŔŕőŃŲƗƋƈƕŃƖƓƈƆƌƄƏŃƐƌƛƌƑƊƖ ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ ŏ1RUPDO FRQGLWLRQ KRYHULQJ *\UR VHQVLWLYLW\ maximum ŏ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7KURWWOH KROG *\UR sensitivity minimum ŏ+RZHYHU DW DXWR URWDWLRQ RI D WDLOGULYHQ helicopter, this function may not have any effect at high gyro sensitivity. This mixing is used with engines that allow needle FRQWUROGXULQJÁLJKWIXHODLUPL[WXUHDGMXVWPHQW $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW7KHQHHGOHVHUYR ULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDWWKURWWOHVWLFNDFFHOHUDWLRQ GHFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHDGMXVWHG $FFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ This mixing is dedicated governor mixing when a JRYHUQRULVXVHG8SWRUDWHVVSHHGVFDQEH switched for each condition. < Model Basic Setting Procedure > 49 ŶƈƕƙƒŃƆƒƑƑƈƆƗƌƒƑŃƅƜŃƐƒƇƈƏŃƗƜƓƈ The T16SZ transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the type selected with the Model type function of the Linkage menu. The channel assignment (initial setting) for each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used. *The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For more information, read the description of the Function menu. ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ ƔNormal tail and V tail 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron 2 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator 3 Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Rudder Throttle Rudder Throttle Rudder 4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Aileron2 Rudder Aileron2 Rudder Aileron2 5 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Aileron2 Aileron2 Gear Flap Gear Aileron3 Gear Aileron3 6 Airbrake Airbrake Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Flap Flap Aileron2 Flap2 Aileron2 Aileron4 Aileron2 Aileron4 7 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Flap Flap Flap2 Flap2 Flap Flap3 Aileron3 Flap Aileron3 Flap 8 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX5 AUX5 Gear AUX6 Flap2 Flap4 Aileron4 Flap2 Aileron4 Flap2 9 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX4 AUX4 AUX5 AUX5 Flap3 Motor Flap Motor Flap Flap3 10 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 AUX4 AUX4 Flap4 AUX6 Flap2 AUX6 Flap2 Flap4 11 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Flap3 Motor 12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 Flap4 AUX6 13 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 14 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX4 AUX4 15 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX3 Butterfly 16 AUX1 AUX1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber DG1 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW DG2 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Normal Elevator 1 servo 50 < Model Basic Setting Procedure > V-tail T-FHSS Aileron FASST MULT 1 FASSTest 18CH The output FASSTest 12CH CH of each S-FHSS system FASST 7CH RX CH ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ ƔAilevator 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron 2 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator 3 Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor 4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder 5 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 6 Airbrake Airbrake Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 7 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Elevator2 Flap Flap Flap Flap Flap Flap Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 8 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Gear AUX6 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 9 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX5 AUX5 Gear AUX6 Flap3 Flap3 Flap Flap Flap Flap 10 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX4 AUX4 AUX5 AUX5 Flap4 Flap4 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 11 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 AUX4 AUX4 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Flap3 Flap3 12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Flap4 Flap4 13 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 Gear AUX6 14 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 15 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX2 Butterfly AUX2 Butterfly AUX4 Butterfly 16 AUX1 AUX1 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber DG1 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW DG2 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Camber Camber Elevator 2 servo < Model Basic Setting Procedure > 51 T-FHSS Aileron FASST MULT 1 FASSTest 18CH The output FASSTest 12CH CH of each S-FHSS system FASST 7CH RX CH ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ ƔTailless wing 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider 1 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron 2 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 3 Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor 4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder 5 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Aileron2 Aileron2 Flap Flap Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 6 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Flap Flap Flap2 Flap2 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 7 AUX5 AUX5 Flap Flap Flap2 Flap2 Flap3 Flap3 Flap Flap Flap Flap 8 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 Gear AUX6 Flap4 Flap4 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 9 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 AUX4 Flap3 Flap3 10 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Flap4 Flap4 11 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX4 AUX4 12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX6 13 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX5 AUX5 14 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX3 Butterfly 15 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber 16 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator DG1 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW DG2 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Flying Wing 52 < Model Basic Setting Procedure > T-FHSS Airplane FASST MULT Glider FASSTest 18CH FASSTest 12CH S-FHSS FASST 7CH Airplane The output CH of each system 2AIL RX CH ŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒƊƏƌƇƈƕ ƔTailless wing :inglet 2 Rudder 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider 1 Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron Aileron 2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 3 Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor Throttle Motor 4 Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder Rudder 5 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Aileron2 Aileron2 Flap Flap Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 Aileron3 6 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Aileron2 Flap Flap Flap2 Flap2 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 Aileron4 7 AUX5 AUX5 Flap Flap Flap2 Flap2 Flap3 Flap3 Flap Flap Flap Flap 8 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 Gear AUX6 Flap4 Flap4 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 Flap2 9 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 AUX5 AUX5 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Rudder2 Flap3 Flap3 10 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX6 Gear AUX6 Flap4 Flap4 11 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 AUX5 Rudder2 Rudder2 12 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 AUX3 Gear AUX6 13 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX2 AUX5 AUX5 14 AUX1 AUX1 AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX1 Butterfly AUX3 Butterfly 15 Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber Camber 16 Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator Elevator DG1 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW DG2 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Rudder 2 servo * Output channels differ by each system of a table. When using a system with few channels, there is a wing type which cannot be used. It cannot be used when there is a function UHTXLUHGRXWRIWKHUDQJHRIWKHDUURZRID¿JXUH < Model Basic Setting Procedure > 53 T-FHSS Glider FASST MULT Airplane FASSTest 18CH Glider FASSTest 12CH S-FHSS FASST 7CH Airplane The output CH of each system 2AIL RX CH ūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕ 1 Aileron Aileron 2 Elevator Elevator 3 Throttle Throttle 4 Rudder Rudder 5 Gyro Gyro 6 Pitch Pitch 7 Governor Governor 8 Elevator2 Governor2 9 Gyro2 Gyro2 10 Gyro3 Gyro3 11 Governor2 Needle 12 Needle AUX5 13 AUX4 X4 14 AUX3 15 AUX2 16 AUX1 DG1 SW DG2 SW H-4/H-4X Swash All other 1 Aileron Aileron 2 Elevator Elevator 3 Throttle Throttle 4 Elevator2 Rudder 5 Pitch Pitch 6 Gyro Gyro 7 Governor Governor 8 Rudder Governor2 9 Gyro2 Gyro2 10 Gyro3 Gyro3 DG1 SW DG2 SW 54 < Model Basic Setting Procedure > FASSTest 12CH CH T-FHSS All other FASST MULT H-4/H-4X Swash The output CH of each system ƔFASSTest 12CH CH The output FASSTest 18CH CH of each S-FHSS system FASST 7CH ƔFASSTest 18CH / FASST MULTI / FASST 7CH / SFHSS ŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕ 2 Elevator 3 Throttle 4 Rudder 5 Gyro 6 Gyro2 7 Gyro3 8 Camera TILT 9 Camera PAN 10 Camera REC 11 Mode 12 AUX5 13 AUX4 14 AUX3 15 AUX2 16 AUX1 DG1 SW SD DG2 SW SA T-FHSS Aileron FASST MULT 1 FASSTest 18CH FASSTest 12CH S-FHSS FASST 7CH Multicopter The output CH of each system CH < Model Basic Setting Procedure > 55 SYSTEM MENU The System menu sets up functions of the transmitter. This does not set up any model data. ŏ :KHQ WKH 6\VWHP PHQX EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKHPHQXVKRZQEHORZLVFDOOHGXS7DSWKH IXQFWLRQEXWWRQWKDW\RXZDQWWRHQWHU ŏ5HWXUQWR+RPHVFUHHQ ŶƜƖƗƈƐŃƐƈƑƘŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ [Display]: Display adjustment. [Sound volume]: Adjust the volume of: Other sound, Warning, Voice [System timer]: Resets the system timer. [H/W setting]: Stick mode selection (Mode 1 - Mode 4 ). J1-J4 sticks correction can be performed. [Battery]: Battery alarm voltage setting. Auto power off time setting. [Range check]: The output of the transmitter is lowered, for Range checking. [S.Bus servo]: S.Bus servo setting. [Information]: Sets the User name, Language, and Unit system. Displays the program version, and SD card information. 56 < System menu > Display The following LCD screen adjustments: ŏ%DFNOLJKWLQJEULJKWQHVVDGMXVWPHQW ŏ%DFNOLJKWLQJGHFUHDVHWLPHDGMXVWPHQW ŏ7RXFKVFUHHQFDOLEUDWLRQ ŏ7DSWKH>'LVSOD\@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHPPHQX WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX Backlight max. brightness adjustment Touch calibration $GMXVW WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ EULJKWQHVV ZLWK WKH YDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQV 7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHORFDWLRQRIWKH7RXFK 3DQHO 3UHVV WKH 7RXFK FDOLEUDWLRQ EXWWRQ 7KH FDOLEUDWLRQ VFUHHQ ZLOO WKHQ SRS XS 7DS WKH FHQWHU RI WKH FURVV KDLU FXUVRU RQ WKH VFUHHQ ZLWK WKH VRIW SHQ $V VRRQ DV WKH V\VWHP UHFRJQL]HV WKH SRVLWLRQ WKH FXUVRU ZLOOPRYHRQWRWKHQH[WSRVLWLRQ5HSHDWWKLV SURFHGXUHDVORQJDVWKHFXUVRUPRYHVWRQH[W SRVLWLRQ<RXZLOOGRWKLVÀYHWLPHV&DOLEUDWLRQ ZLOOEHFDUULHGRXWEDVHGRQWKHÀYHSRVLWLRQV 'LVDSSHDUDQFHRIWKHFURVVKDLUFXUVRUPHDQV WKHFDOLEUDWLRQKDVEHHQFRPSOHWHG :KHQ WKH Ÿ EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ EHFRPHV EULJKWHU:KHQ WKH ź EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ becomes darker. Backlight min. brightness adjustment $GMXVWWKHEDFNOLJKWGHFUHDVHEULJKWQHVVZLWK WKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQV :KHQ WKH Ÿ EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ EHFRPHV EULJKWHU:KHQ WKH ź EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG WKH EDFNOLJKWLQJ becomes darker. *It cannot be made brighter than Backlighting brightness adjustment. *In ordinary operation, this calibration is not necessary. If you notice the Touch Panel is not functioning correctly after long use, we recommend that you carry out this calibration. Backlight decrease time <RX FDQ VHW D WLPH SHULRG WR GHFUHDVH WKH /&'EDFNOLJKW7KLVIXQFWLRQFRXQWVWKHSHULRG WKDWWKH7RXFK3DQHOKDVEHHQQRWRSHUDWHG 7KLVWLPHFDQEHVHWE\WHQVHFRQGVWHSV<RX FDQ DOVR WXUQ RII WKH EDFNOLJKW GHFUHDVH LI \RXOLNH *The backlight consumes a large amount of power. We recommend that you turn off the backlight by setting the backlight power-off time to about one minute. < System menu > 57 6RXQGYROXPHVHWWLQJ Sound volume This function can set the volume of "Other sound," "Warning," and "Voice," respectively. ŏ7DSWKH>6RXQGYROXPH@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHP PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX The respective volume control Sound volume Setting method :KHQWKH6RXQGYROXPHER[LVWDSSHGWKH DERYHVFUHHQZLOODSSHDU System timer <RX FDQ FKDQJH WKH VRXQG YROXPH E\ WDSSLQJWKH ▲▲ ▲ ▼▼ ▼ EXWWRQ RIIRXULWHPV *If you tap " ▲ ", the volume will increase. If you tap the " ▼ ", the volume will decrease. ,QWHJUDWLQJWLPHUUHVHWWLQJ This function adjusts the system timer of the T16SZ transmitter. The system timer can also be reset. *The system timer is displayed on the Home screen. ŏ7DSWKH>6\VWHPWLPHU@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHPPHQX WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX ● Total : Regardless of a model, additional time in case a power supply is ON is displayed. ● Model : The additional time when the power supply was set to ON is displayed for every model. System timer reset 7KHV\VWHPWLPHUVKRZVWKHWRWDOWLPH WKDWKDVHODSVHGVLQFHWKHODVWUHVHW 7DS7RWDORU0RGHOWRFKRRVHUHVHW 7DSWKH>6\VWHPWLPHU@EXWWRQ 7DS<HVLQWKHQH[WVFUHHQWRUHVHWWKHWLPHU 58 < System menu > Resets the timer if pressed. 6WLFNPRGHVHOHFWLRQDQG--VWLFNVFDOLEUDWLRQ H/W setting Stick mode Mode 1-4 can be chosen. But, it isn't changed until data is reset. Usually, this H/W setting is unnecessary. Please perform this calibration only if a change at the center of a stick should arise after prolonged use. ŏ7DSWKH>&DOLEUDWLRQ@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHP PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR 6\VWHPPHQX To change the mode the stick ratchet must be changed. Request that this be done by Futaba Service. (Charged PRGL¿FDWLRQ RUD AIL RUD AIL ELE THR THR ELE MODE1 MODE2 AIL RUD AIL RUD ELE THR THR ELE MODE3 MODE4 How to Calibrate 7DSWKH&DOLEUDWLRQEXWWRQ 3OHDVHGRQRWSUHVVWKHVWLFNWRR¿UPO\LQDQ\GLUHFWLRQZKHQ doing the calibration. *Check after calibration to make sure that neutral is 0%, the bottom right side is +100%, and the top left side is -100%. &KRRVHWKHVWLFNWRFDOLEUDWHULJKWDQGOHIW 7KHVWLFNLVVHWDWQHXWUDODQGWKH>6HWQHXWUDO@ EXWWRQLVWDSSHG Tapped Full right and full bottom Tapped The stick is set at neutral Tapped 7KHVWLFNLVKHOGDWIXOOULJKWDQGIXOOERWWRP GLDJRQDO 7KH >6HW HQGSRLQW@ EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG 7KH VWLFN LV KHOG DW IXOO OHIW DQG IXOO WRS GLDJRQDO 7KH >6HW HQGSRLQW@ EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG Full left and full top < System menu > 59 /RZEDWWHU\DODUPYROWDJHVHW Battery Select the battery alarm voltage according to the battery to be used. It isn't indicated in case of manual setting. ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX Battery type change : LiFe(2cells) → NiMH(5cells) → Manual setting When choosing manual setting, the numerical value can be input. It's dangerous to set it manually in the low voltage. Auto power off time setting Vibrator Types 7 K L V I X Q F W L R Q S U H Y H Q W V E D W W H U \ GLVFKDUJLQJ LI WKH WUDQVPLWWHU SRZHU VXSSO\GRHVQRWHUDVH $GMXVW WKH DXWR SRZHU RII WLPH ZLWK WKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQV Type 1 Type 2 *When the time the transmitter is inactive reaches the set time, the power is turned off automatically. This time can be set up to 1 hour in 10 minutes increments. The auto power off function can also be deactivated. Type 3 *When the low battery voltage setting is changed, it is changed for every model in the transmitter. A unique voltage cannot be set for each model. A change in the low battery voltage setting also does not reset other data. *An audible alarm is sounded from 3 minutes before auto power off. When a stick or switch is operated, the alarm is cleared. Range Check %HIRUHDÁLJKWJURXQGUDQJHFKHFN The 'range check mode' reduces the transmission range of the radio waves to allow for a ground range check. *The range check mode, when activated, will continue for 60 seconds unless the user exits this mode early. When the progress bar reaches 60 second mark, the RF transmission automatically returns to the normal operating power. Refer to P.44 60 < System menu > WARNING Do not fly in the range check mode. *Since the range of the radio waves is short, if the model is too far from the transmitter, control will be lost and the model will crash. S.Bus servo 6%86VHUYRVHWWLQJ An S.BUS(2) servo can memorize the channel and various settings you input. Servo setting can be performed on the T16SZ screen by wiring the VHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKH¿JXUH 5HFHLYHU EDWWHU\ * With some S.BUS(2) servos, there are some functions which cannot be used. If a function cannot be used, the display screen will change. (Only the function which can be used by a servo is displayed.) * After reading completion, with connection of the above ¿JXUHLIDVWLFNLVPRYHGVHUYRRSHUDWLRQFDQEHWHVWHG ŏ&DOOWKHIROORZLQJVHWWLQJVFUHHQE\SUHVVLQJWKH >6%866HUYR@EXWWRQLQWKH6\VWHPPHQX ZD\KXERU 6%866%86 <KDUQHVVHV 6HUYR ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX Procedure for changing S.BUS servo setting 6HOHFW>6%XVVHUYR@RIWKH6\VWHPPHQX :LUHWKHVHUYRDVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH 3UHVV >5HDG@ 7KH ,' DQG FXUUHQW VHWWLQJ RI WKDWVHUYRDUHGLVSOD\HG :KHQPXOWLSOHVHUYRVDUHFRQQHFWHGFKDQJH >,1+@DWWKHULJKWVLGHRIWKH,'QXPEHURQWKH VFUHHQWR>$&7@DQGHQWHUWKH,'RIWKHVHUYR \RXZDQWWRVHW 6HWHDFKLWHP3OHDVHVHHWKHQH[WSDJH 3UHVV>:ULWH@7KHVHWWLQJVDUHFKDQJHG ƔServo ID number If you use multiple S.BUS servos, only the desired servo in the group can be set by entering the ID of WKDWVSHFL¿FVHUYR 3-way hub or Y-harnesses 76= SERVO SERVO SERVO SERVO SERVO < System menu > 61 S.BUS Servo Description of each parameter's function *There are functions that can and cannot be performed according to the servo type. • ID Displays the ID of the servo whose parameters are to be read. It cannot be changed. • Channel Channel of the S.BUS system assigned to the servo. Always assign a channel before use. • Reverse The direction in which the servo rotates can be changed. • Soft Start Restricts operation in the specified direction the instant the power is turned on. By using this setting, the first initial movement when the power is turned on slowly moves the servo to the specified position. • Stop Mode The state of the servo when the servo input signal is lost can be specified. The "Hold" mode setting holds the servo in its last commanded position even if using AM or FM system. • Smoother This function changes smoothness of the servo operation relative to stick movement changes. Smooth setting is used for normal flight. Select the "OFF" mode when quick operation is necessary such as 3D. • Neutral Offset The neutral position can be changed. When the neutral offset is large value, the servo's range of travel is restricted on one side. • Speed Control Speeds can be matched by specifying the operating speed. The speed of multiple servos can be matched without being affected by motor fluctuations. This is effective for load torques below the maximum torque. However, note that the maximum speed will not exceed what the servo is capable of even if the servo's operating voltage is increased. • Dead band The dead band angle at stopping can be specified. [Relationship between dead band set value and servo operation] Small Value Setting ĺ Dead band angle is small and the servo is immediately operated by a small signal change. Large Value Setting ĺ Dead band angle is large and the servo does not operate at small signal changes. (Note) If the dead band angle is too small, the servo will operate continuously and the current consumption will increase and the life of the servo will be shortened. • Travel Adjust The left and right travels centered about the neutral position can be set independently. • Boost The minimum current applied to the internal motor when starting the servo can be set. Since a small travel does not start the motor, it essentially feels like the dead band was expanded. The motor can be immediately started by adjusting the minimum current which can start the motor. [Relationship between boost set value and servo operation] Small Value Setting ĺ Motor reacts to a minute current and operation becomes smooth. Large Value Setting ĺ Initial response improves and output torque increases. However, if the torque is too large, operation will become rough. 62 < System menu > • Boost ON/OFF OFF : It is the boost ON at the time of low-speed operation.(In the case of usual) ON : It is always the boost ON.(When quick operation is hope) • Damper The characteristic when the servo is stopped can be set. When smaller than the standard value, the characteristic becomes an overshoot characteristic. If the value is larger than the standard value, the brake is applied before the stop position. Especially, when a large load is applied, overshoot, etc. are suppressed by inertia and hunting may occur, depending on the conditions. If hunting (phenomena which cause the servo to oscillate) occurs even though the Dead Band, Stretcher, Boost and other parameters are suitable, adjust this parameter to a value larger than the initial value. [Relationship between damper set value and servo operation] Small Value Setting ĺ When you want to overshoot. Set so that hunting does not occur. Large Value Setting ĺ When you want to operate so that braking is not applied. However, it will feel like the servo response has worsened. (Note) If used in the hunting state, not only will the current consumption increase, but the life of the servo will also be shortened. • Stretcher The servo hold characteristic can be set. The torque which attempts to return the servo to the target position when the current servo position has deviated from the target position can be adjusted. This is used when stopping hunting, etc., but the holding characteristic changes as shown below. [Relationship between stretcher and servo operation] Small Value Setting ĺ Servo holding force becomes weaker. Large Value Setting ĺ Servo holding force becomes stronger. (Note) When this parameter is large, the current consumption increases. • Buzzer When a servo is powered up without a transmitter signal, a buzzer sounds. (When transmitter signal is lost, a buzzer sounds until the servo regains the signal. This is not unusual. The transmitter has been turned OFF ahead of a servo power supply → The buzzer sound of about 1.25 Hz continues sounding as servo power supply end failure alarm. (Do not insert or remove the servo connector while the receiver power is ON. A buzzer may sound by incorrect recognition.) * Buzzer sound is generated by vibrating the motor of a servo. Since current is consumed and a servo generates heat, please do not operate the number more than needed or do not continue sounding a buzzer for a long time. WARNING While S.BUS servo writes, you aren't supposed to remove a connection of a servo and turn off a power supply of a transmitter. ■Data of S.BUS servo is damaged and breaks down. < System menu > 63 Information 7KH SURJUDP YHUVLRQ DQG 6' FDUG VL]H DUH GLVSOD\HG 7KH 8VHU QDPH ODQJXDJHDQG8QLWV\VWHPXVHGE\WKHV\VWHPFDQDOVREHFKDQJHG This function registers the T16SZ user name and the language displayed at proportional can be changed. The Information screen displays the T16SZ system program version information, SD card (memory size, card free size) information. Telemetry numerical values can be displayed in either metric or SAE (yard-pound) units. *If an SD card is not inserted, no memory card information will be displayed. 2/3 : WEB Manual QR code 3/3 : Manufacturer Information ŏ7DSWKH>,QIRUPDWLRQ@EXWWRQDWWKH6\VWHPPHQX WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR6\VWHPPHQX 1/3 Telemetry Display Unit [Metric] Distance --- m (meter) Speed --- km/h (kilometers per hour) Variometer --- m/s (meter per second) Temperature --- ℃ (centigrade) [Yard] Distance --- yard Altitude --- feet Speed --- mph (mile per hour) Variometer --- fpm (ft per min) Temperature --- ℉ (fahrenheit) Movement of a cursor of an input box Fix and return to an information screen. Back space (Input box) Next page (Character list 2/4 - 4/4) An input box is reset Input box ŵƈƊƌƖƗƕƄƗƌƒƑŃƒƉŃƗƋƈŃƘƖƈƕŊƖŃƑƄƐƈ T16SZ transmitter can register user's name. How to register user's name 7XUQRQWKHSRZHURIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU 6HOHFWXVHU VQDPHDQGWKHQWKHNH\ERDUG ZLOOSRSXS <RXFDQXVHXSWRFKDUDFWHUVDVDXVHU V QDPH 8VH WKH NH\ERDUG RQ WKH VFUHHQ WR HQWHUXVHU VQDPH 64 < System menu > The language displayed at proportional can be changed. The initial setting is English, but different languages can be selected. LINKAGE MENU 7KH/LQNDJHPHQXLVPDGHXSRIIXQFWLRQVZKLFK SHUIRUPPRGHODGGLWLRQPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQHQG SRLQWVHWWLQJDQGRWKHUPRGHOEDVLFVHWWLQJV ŏ 7DS WKH >/LQNDJH PHQX@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH +RPH VFUHHQWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH+RPHVFUHHQ ůƌƑƎƄƊƈŃƐƈƑƘŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ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¿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inkage menu > 65 Servo monitor 6HUYR7HVW*UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV 7KLV LV XVHG IRU WHVWLQJ VHUYR PRYHPHQW ³0RYLQJ 7HVW´ UHSHWLWLRQ PRGH DQG ³1HXWUDO 7HVW´¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGHDUHDYDLODEOH 7KH ³1HXWUDO 7HVW´ LV JRRG IRU ILQGLQJ WKH QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIDVHUYRKRUQ ,Q RUGHU WR SUHYHQW DQ\ SRWHQWLDO GLIILFXOWLHV WKH VHUYR WHVW IXQFWLRQ ZLOO EH LQRSHUDEOH RU LQDFFHVVLEOHXQGHUFHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV6SHFL¿FDOO\ WKH 6HUYR 7HVW IXQFWLRQ LV QRW RSHUDWLRQDO LI WKH 7KURWWOH FXW LV 21 LQ HLWKHU DLUSODQH RU KHOLFRSWHU PRGHV RU LI WKH7KURWWOH KROG LV 21 LQ KHOLFRSWHU PRGH Test mode change : OFF → Neutral → Moving ŏ 6HOHFW >6HUYR PRQLWRU@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ < or > ● Long press the [U.MENU/ MON.] button in the Home screen to call the setup screen shown. ŏ5HWXUQWR+RPHRU /LQNDJHPHQX Each channel movement can be checked. [Moving]: Mode which repeats operation of each servo [Neutral]: Mode which locks each servo in the neutral position Select the [OFF] or pushing the HOME/EXIT button → Testing is stopped WARNING Don't set a servo test mode when the drive motor is connected and the engine has been started. ■ Inadvertent rotation of the motor or acceleration of the engine is extremely dangerous. 66 < Linkage menu > Model select 7KH 0RGHO VHOHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQ SHUIRUPV PRGHO DGGLWLRQ FDOO GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ 7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRORDGWKHVHWWLQJVRIWKH GHVLUHGPRGHOLQWRWKH76=¶VPHPRU\ 7KH VHWWLQJV PD\ EH VHOHFWHG IURP HLWKHU WKH WUDQVPLWWHU¶V EXLOWLQ PHPRU\ RU DQ 6' FDUG 0%*% 5HPHPEHU WKDW XS WR PRGHO PHPRULHVDUHDYDLODEOHLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU 7KHQDPHRIWKHPRGHOVWRUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU DQGWKH6'FDUGPD\EHFKDQJHG7KLVFDQEHYHU\ XVHIXOWRWHOOGLIIHUHQWPRGHOVVHWWLQJVDSDUW(DFK PRGHOQDPHFDQEHDVORQJDVFKDUDFWHUVDQG WKH PRGHO QDPH DOZD\V DSSHDUV LQ WKH GLVSOD\ ŏ6HOHFW>0RGHOVHOHFW@DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZ VFUHHQ 7KH &RS\ IXQFWLRQ LV XVHG WR FRS\ RQH VHW RI PRGHO GDWD LQWR D VHFRQG PHPRU\ ZLWKLQ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU DQG WKH 6' FDUG ,W PD\ EH XVHG IRU JHWWLQJ D KHDGVWDUW RQ VHWWLQJ XS PRGHOV ZLWK DOPRVWWKHVDPHVHWWLQJVRQO\GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWR EHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKHFRPSOHWHPRGHO IURPVFUDWFK$OVRWKLVIXQFWLRQPD\EHXVHGWR PDNHDEDFNXSFRS\RIDPRGHOVHWXSEHIRUHDQ\ FKDQJHVDUHPDGH ● When model data on a SD card is used, this icon appears. < or > ● Tap the [Model select] button in the Home screen to call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR+RPHRU /LQNDJHPHQX ● "Save to" [Internal]: transmitter memory [SD card]: SD card Current model is green. Model addition 7DSWKH>1HZ@EXWWRQ 7DS><HV@WRDGGWKHPRGHO:KHQ\RXZDQW WRFDQFHOPRGHODGGLWLRQWDS>1R@ 7KHDGGHGPRGHOLVGLVSOD\HGLQWKHPRGHOOLVW :KHQDPRGHOLVDGGHGDUHFHLYHUOLQNLVUHTXLUHG < Linkage menu > 67 Model call Model deletion 7DS WKH ,QWHUQDO RU 6' FDUG 6HOHFW WKH ORFDWLRQWRZKLFKWKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLVWREH VDYHG 7DSWKHVHOHFWPRGHOQDPHRUWKHPRGHO\RX ZDQWWRGHOHWHLQWKHPRGHOOLVW (The model currently selected cannot be deleted.) 7DSWKH>'HOHWH@EXWWRQ Blue model would be deleted. 7DSWKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVW 7DSWKH>6HOHFW@EXWWRQ 7DS ><HV@ :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VWRS PRGHO GHOHWLRQWDS>1R@ 7DS><HV@WRFDOOWKHPRGHO:KHQ\RXZDQW WRFDQFHOPRGHOFDOOSUHVV>1R@ Blue model was deleted. 68 < Linkage menu > Model name change Model copy 7KH PRGHO GDWD FKRVHQ DW FXUUHQW PRGHO FDQEHFKDQJHG7KHFXUUHQWPRGHOQDPH WDS :KHQ >5HQDPH@ LV WDSSHG D NH\ERDUG DSSHDUVRQWKHVFUHHQ 7KH PRGHO GDWD FKRVHQ DW FXUUHQW PRGHO FDQ EH FRSLHG 7KH FXUUHQW PRGHO QDPH WDS Current model (green) is chosen (blue). Current model (green) is chosen (blue). (QWHUWKHPRGHOQDPHIURPWKLVNH\ERDUG 8SWRFKDUDFWHUVFDQEHLQSXWDWWKHPRGHOQDPH 7 D S W K H & R S \ E X W W R Q D Q G W D S W K H GHVWLQDWLRQ EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH FRS\ VWRUDJHGHVWLQDWLRQ,QWHUQDORU6'FDUG When you are done renaming, tap Model name. :KHQ >,QWHUQDO@RU >6' FDUG@ LV WDSSHG FRS\LQJLVH[HFXWHG Completion of rename WARNING Never launch the Model Selection function while the engine is starting or the motor drive wiring is connected. ■Careless spinning of propellers or rotors is extremely dangerous. WARNING Carefully check that the aircraft to be used and the model selected match up. ■Using a model which does not match the aircraft runs the risk of the aircraft flying out of control and crashing. Perform a careful operations check prior to flight. add new copied model ,I WKHUH LV QR PRGHO ZLWK WKH VDPH QDPH LQ WKH FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQWKHQDPHRIWKHFRSLHGPRGHOLVVDYHG,IWKHUH LVDPRGHORIWKHVDPHQDPHDQXPEHULVDGGHGDWWKHHQG RIWKHPRGHOQDPHDQGWKHPRGHOLVFRSLHG<RXFDQFKDQJH WKHQDPHODWHU ,QGLFDWLRQGDWH:KHQWKHPRGHOGDWDLVFRSLHGWKHFUHDWLRQ GDWHIRUWKHFXUUHQWPRGHOLVUHFRUGHG < Linkage menu > 69 7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHJOLGHU KHOLFRSWHUDQGPXOWLFRSWHU Model type 6HYHQW\SHVRIPDLQZLQJVVL[W\SHVRIÀ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·WPLQGORVLQJWKLVGDWD RUEDFNLWXSWRDQRWKHUPHPRU\XVLQJWKHFRS\LQJ IXQFWLRQV ( The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.) ŏ6HOHFW>0RGHOW\SH@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJH PHQX Model type selection 0RGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ>0RGHOLFRQ@WDS 6HW WKH 0RGHO W\SH :LQJ W\SH$LUSODQH *OLGHU 7DLO W\SH$LUSODQH*OLGHU RU 6ZDVK W\SH+HOLFRSWHU E\ XVLQJ WKH DSSURSULDWH EXWWRQ 6 H W W K H W \ S H \ R X F K R R V H E \ W D S S L Q J >(QWHU@ → ><HV@ DW WKH FRQILUPDWLRQ VFUHHQ :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO PRGHO W\SH VHOHFWLRQWDS>1R@ ŏ :KHQ D GDWD FKDQJH ZLOO RFFXU WKH FRQILUPDWLRQ VFUHHQRIGDWDLQLWLDOL]DWLRQPHQXZLOOEHGLVSOD\HG $SXVKRQ>\HV@ZLOOLQLWLDOL]HGDWDDQGDOORZFKDQJHV $SXVKRQ>QR@ZLOOVWRSGDWDFKDQJHV 2. [Yes], tap 1. [Enter], tap 70 < Linkage menu > Set the type you choose by tapping. Airplane/Glider : Choose the wing type and tail. Helicopter : Choose the swash type. < Linkage menu > 71 Servo Reverse 8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHVHUYRWKURZGLUHFWLRQ 6HUYR 5HYHUVH FKDQJHV WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI DQ LQGLYLGXDO VHUYR¶V UHVSRQVH WR D FRQWURO VWLFN PRYHPHQW )RU &&30 KHOLFRSWHUV EH VXUH WR UHDG WKH VHFWLRQRQ6ZDVK$)5EHIRUHUHYHUVLQJDQ\VHUYRV :LWK &&30 KHOLFRSWHUV DOZD\V FRPSOHWH \RXU VHUYR UHYHUVLQJ SULRU WR DQ\ RWKHU SURJUDPPLQJ ,I\RXXVHSUHEXLOW$LUSODQH*OLGHUIXQFWLRQVWKDW FRQWURO PXOWLSOH VHUYRV LW PD\ EH FRQIXVLQJ WR WHOO ZKHWKHU WKH VHUYR QHHGV WR EH UHYHUVHG RU D VHWWLQJLQWKHIXQFWLRQQHHGVWREHUHYHUVHG6HHWKH LQVWUXFWLRQVIRUHDFKVSHFLDOL]HGIXQFWLRQIRUIXUWKHU GHWDLOV$OZD\VFKHFNVHUYRGLUHFWLRQSULRUWRHYHU\ ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU PRGHOPHPRU\KRRNXSVDQGUDGLRIXQFWLRQ WARNING Before a flight, always check that your model's servo operation, the direction of control surfaces, and switch setup are correct. Default setting of the throttle/motor channel is always reverse. ŏ 7DS WKH >6HUYR UHYHUVH@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Tap the channel you wish to reverse. ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX (The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.) Tap the Yes → Reverse Servo reversing procedure $IWHU VHWWLQJ XS D QHZ PRGHO EH VXUH WR GHILQH DOO VSHFLDO PHQXV %H VXUH WKDW DOO VHUYRV DUH SOXJJHG LQWR WKH SURSHU UHFHLYHU FKDQQHOV 1RZGHWHUPLQHZKHWKHU\RXQHHGWRUHYHUVHDQ\ FKDQQHOVE\PRYLQJHDFKVWLFNDQGREVHUYLQJWKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJPRYHPHQWLQWKHPRGHO¶VFRQWUROV 72 < Linkage menu > 7DS WKH GHVLUHG FKDQQHO·V VHWWLQJ EXWWRQ WR FKRRVHWKHSURSHUGLUHFWLRQIRUWKHVHUYR 7DS´<HVµLQWKHQH[WVFUHHQ 5HSHDWIRUHDFKVHUYRQHHGLQJUHYHUVDO :KHQGRQHWDS´6HUYRUHYHUVHµWRUHWXUQWR WKH/LQNDJHPHQX End point 6HWVWKHWUDYHOOLPLWSRLQW 7KH(QGSRLQWIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHOHIWDQGULJKW VHUYR WKURZV JHQHUDWHV GLIIHUHQWLDO WKURZV DQG ZLOOFRUUHFWLPSURSHUOLQNDJHVHWWLQJV 30 ∼ 140% 7KHWUDYHOUDWHQRUPDOIXOOVWLFNPRYHPHQWDW KLJK UDWHV FDQ EH YDULHG IURP WR LQ HDFKGLUHFWLRQRQFKDQQHOVWR$OVRWKHOLPLW SRLQW KRZ IDU WKH VHUYR WUDYHOV ZKHQ D PL[ LV LQYROYHGZKHUHVHUYRWKURZVWRSVPD\EHYDULHG IURPWR ŏ 7DS WKH >(QG SRLQW@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX WR FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Travel rate 30 ∼ 140% Limit point Next page Ch7-16 ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Tap the values you wish to adjust and value input buttons will appear on-screen. Left / Top Right / Bottom Indicates the current direction of the stick, etc. (The display screen is an example. The screen depends on the model type.) Servo travel adjustment Limit point adjustment 7DS WKH WUDYHO EXWWRQ RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR VHW 9DOXH LQSXW EXWWRQVDSSHDU RQ WKHVFUHHQ 8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa 5HSHDWWKHSURFHGXUHDERYHIRUHDFKUDWH 7DSWKHOLPLWEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW WRVHW 8VHWKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHOLPLW SRLQW ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW < Linkage menu > 73 Servo speed 6HWVWKHVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR VSHHGVHWWLQJFDQEHYDULHGIURPWRLQHDFK FKDQQHO 7KH6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJLVXVHGWRVHWWKHVHUYR GHOD\IRUHDFKFKDQQHOIURPFKDQQHOOWRFKDQQHO 7KHV\VWHPXVHVWKHSURJUDPPHGVSHHGGHOD\ WRVORZGRZQVHUYRSRVLWLRQFKDQJHV7KH6HUYR ŏ 7DS WKH >6HUYR VSHHG@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ (First)0 ∼ 27(Slowly) ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Servo speed setting 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO 7DS WKH VSHHG EXWWRQ RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQWWRVHW 8VH WKH YDOXH LQSXW EXWWRQV WR DGMXVW WKH VHUYRVSHHG ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV Sub-trim 7R FORVH WKLV VFUHHQ WDS WKH >6HUYR VSHHG@ EXWWRQ 6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR 7KH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVHWWKHVHUYR QHXWUDO SRVLWLRQ DQG PD\ EH XVHG WR PDNH ILQH DGMXVWPHQWV WR WKH FRQWURO VXUIDFH DIWHU OLQNDJHV DQGSXVKURGVDUHKRRNHGXS:KHQ\RXEHJLQWRVHW XSDPRGHOEHVXUHWKDWWKHGLJLWDOWULPVDUHVHWWR WKHLUFHQWHUSRVLWLRQ ŏ7DSWKH>6XEWULP@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Subtrim adjustment 7DSWKHWULPGLVSOD\SDUWRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX ZDQWWRDGMXVW 9DOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVDSSHDUVRQWKH6XEWULP PHQXVFUHHQ 8VHWKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHVXE WULP ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV 6HHDERYH 5HSHDWWKLVVWHSIRUHDFKFKDQQHO 74 < Linkage menu > Function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switch channels) 7KHVHWZRFKDQQHOVFDQEHXVHGDVVZLWFK2Q 2IIFKDQQHOV<RXFDQIUHHO\FKDQJHFRPELQDWLRQV EHWZHHQVHUYRRXWSXWFKDQQHOVDQGLQSXWFRQWUROOHUV VWLFNVVZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGWULPVZLWFKHV Channel restrictions by a System Type )$667HVW&+&+6ZLWFK )$667HVW&+&+6ZLWFK )$66708/7,&+6ZLWFK )$667&+&+ 6)+66&+ 7)+66&+6ZLWFK ŏ7DSWKH>)XQFWLRQ@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Function change Operation control change 7DSWKHIXQFWLRQEXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX ZDQWWRFKDQJHWRFDOOWKH)XQFWLRQVHOHFW 7DS WKH FRQWURO EXWWRQ RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH $ FRQWURO VHOHFW VFUHHQ VWLFN VZLWFK NQRE WULP OHYHU HWF LV GLVSOD\HG 6HOHFWWKHIXQFWLRQ\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH 6HOHFWWKHFRQWURO\RXZDQWWRRSHUDWH 7KHVDPHFRQWUROFDQEHDVVLJQHGWRPXOWLSOHFKDQQHOV < Linkage menu > 75 Trim change 7DS WKH WULP EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH WULP VHWXS VFUHHQ H/: reverse 7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VHW DW WKH WULP VHWXSVFUHHQ ŏ +DUGZDUH VHWWLQJ 6HOHFWLRQ RI VZLWFK HWF ZKLFKFRQWUROVWULP ŏ5DWHVHWWLQJ ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ 1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULPOLQHDURSHUDWLRQ $7/PRGH$7/RSHUDWLRQPRGH:RUNVDWRQO\RQH HQGRIRSHUDWLRQ5HYHUVHLVDOVRSRVVLEOH &HQWHUPRGH0D[LPXPFKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\ FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ'RHVQRWFKDQJHDWHQGRI WKHVWLFNPRYHPHQW 7KLVIXQFWLRQUHYHUVHVWKHRSHUDWLRQVLJQDORIWKH VWLFNVVZLWFKHVWULPOHYHUVDQGNQREV 1RWH7KLV VHWWLQJ UHYHUVHV WKH DFWXDO RSHUDWLRQ VLJQDO EXW GRHV QRW FKDQJH WKH GLVSOD\ RI WKH LQGLFDWRUVRQWKHGLVSOD\8VHWKH1RUPDOPRGHDV ORQJDVWKHUHLVQRVSHFLDOUHDVRQWRXVHWKHUHYHUVH PRGH The Motor function is used when switching the motor ON/OFF (mostly for motor gliders). For most EP planes, the throttle can be left as-is when controlling the motor by stick. This means that the various throttle-related functions are usable via motor control. Tap the channel you wish to reverse. Tap the Yes → H/W reverse 76 < Linkage menu > Fail safe 6HWV WKH VHUYRV RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHU VLJQDOV FDQ QR ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV 7KH)DLOVDIHIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRVHWXSSRVLWLRQV WKDW WKH VHUYRV ZLOO PRYH WR LQ WKH FDVH RI UDGLR LQWHUIHUHQFH'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUH ORVWDQGZKHQUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHEHFRPHVORZ <RX PD\ VHW HLWKHU RI WZR SRVLWLRQV IRU HDFK FKDQQHO+ROGZKHUHWKHVHUYRPDLQWDLQVLWVODVW FRPPDQGHGSRVLWLRQRUIDLOVDIHZKHUHHDFKVHUYR PRYHVWRDSUHGHWHUPLQHGSRVLWLRQ<RXPD\FKRRVH HLWKHUPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO 7KH 76= V\VWHP DOVR SURYLGHV \RX ZLWK DQ DGYDQFHG EDWWHU\ PRQLWRULQJ IXQFWLRQ WKDW ZDUQV \RX ZKHQ WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\ KDV RQO\ D OLWWOHSRZHUUHPDLQLQJ,QWKLVFDVHHDFKVHUYRLV PRYHGWRWKHGH¿QHGIDLOVDIHSRVLWLRQ7KHEDWWHU\ IDLOVDIHPD\EHUHOHDVHGE\RSHUDWLQJDSUHGH¿QHG FRQWURORQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUGHIDXOWLVWKURWWOHDo not continue to fly. Land as soon as possible. 5HPHPEHU LI WKH SUHGHILQHG FRQWURO VXGGHQO\ PRYHVWRDSRVLWLRQ\RXGLGQRWFRPPDQGODQGDW RQFHDQGFKHFN\RXUUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\ Do not continue to Ày. Land as soon as possible. 'HILQHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG ZKHQUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHEHFRPHVORZ WARNING For safety, always set the fail safe functions. ■ Especially set the throttle channel fail safe function so that the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters. Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous. ■ If fail safe is reset by throttle stick movement, the fail safe may be mistaken as an engine malfunction and will be reset at low throttle and the model will continue to fly. If you have any doubts, immediately land. ŏ7DSWKH>)DLOVDIH@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Fail safe setting procedure 'HFLGHZKLFKFKDQQHOV\RXZDQWWRJRWRSUHVHW SRVLWLRQV DQG ZKLFK RQHV \RX ZDQW WR PDLQWDLQ WKHLU ODVW FRPPDQGHG SRVLWLRQ7R VHOHFW WKH IDLO VDIHPRGH\RXZLVKWRVHWXVHWKH)6EXWWRQ7KLV EXWWRQWRJJOHVEHWZHHQWKHWZRPRGHV+ROG)6 F/S mode setting: 7DSWKH)6EXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQW WR VHW DQG VHW WKDW FKDQQHO WR WKH >)6@ PRGH +ROGWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVWLFNFRQWUROVOLGHU RURWKHUFRQWUROLQWKHSRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWKH VHUYRWRPRYHWRZKHQWKHIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ LVDFWLYDWHGDQGWDSWKH)6SRVLWLRQEXWWRQ 7KDWSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HGLQSHUFHQWDJH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHWXUQWKDWFKDQQHOWRWKH+ROGPRGHWDS WKH>)6@EXWWRQDJDLQ Battery fail safe setting procedure 7RVHOHFWWKH%)6PRGHWDSWKH>%)6@EXWWRQ (DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ >2))@DQG>%)6@ B.F/S setting: 7DSWKH>%)6@EXWWRQRIWKHGHVLUHGFKDQQHO WRVHWLWWRWKH%)6PRGH +ROG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN 95 VOLGHU RU RWKHU FRQWURO LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WKH VHUYR WR PRYH WR ZKHQ WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV DFWLYDWHG DQG WDS WKH )6 SRVLWLRQ EXWWRQ 7KLV SRVLWLRQ LV GLVSOD\HG LQ SHUFHQWDJH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHWXUQWKDWFKDQQHOWR2))WDSWKH>%)6@ EXWWRQDJDLQ Battery Fail safe release function 7KLV IXQFWLRQ UHOHDVHV WKH SUHGHILQHG FRQWURO IURP LWV KHOG SRVLWLRQ DIWHU LQGLFDWLQJ WKDW \RXU UHFHLYHUEDWWHU\LVORZ (QWHU WKH FRQWURO VHWWLQJ VFUHHQ E\ WDSSLQJ WKH%DWWHU\)6UHOHDVHEXWWRQ1RZ\RXPD\ FKRRVH ZKHWKHU PRYLQJ WKH WKURWWOH UHVHWV WKH FRQGLWLRQ RU VHOHFW D VWLFN RU VZLWFK WR GHDFWLYDWHLW7RVHWDGHVLUHGWKURWWOHUHOHDVH SRVLWLRQ PRYHWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN WRWKHSRLQW DWZKLFK\RXZLVKWKH%)6WREHUHOHDVHG < Linkage menu > 77 6\VWHPPRGHVHWWLQJ5HFHLYHUOLQN System type System Type selection Dual receiver function (only FASSTest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ŏ 6HOHFW >6\VWHP W\SH@ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX DQGDFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJH PHQX Telemetry function (FASSTest /TFHSS mode only) 7RXVHWKHWHOHPHWU\IXQFWLRQVHW³7HOHPHWU\´WR ³$&7´ Receiver linking 7KH UHFHLYHU ZLOO RQO\ EH FRQWUROOHG ZLWKRXW EHLQJ DIIHFWHG E\ RWKHU WUDQVPLWWHUV E\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHULWLVOLQNHGWR:KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHU RWKHU WKDQ RQH SXUFKDVHG DV D VHW OLQNLQJ LV QHFHVVDU\ 0RUHRYHU D UHOLQN LV UHTXLUHG ZKHQ D QHZ PRGHOLVDGGHGE\PRGHOVHOHFWLRQDQGDWWKHWLPH RIV\VWHPW\SHFKDQJH Linking method P.41 &DVHVZKHQOLQNLQJLVQHFHVVDU\ ・:KHQXVLQJDUHFHLYHURWKHUWKDQWKHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ・:KHQ WKH FRPPXQLFDWLRQ V\VWHP ZDV FKDQJHG )$667HVW&+ ↔ )$667HVW&+HWF) ・:KHQ D QHZ PRGHO ZDV FUHDWHG E\ PRGHO VHOHFWLRQ 78 < Linkage menu > DL Interval (FASSTest/TFHSS mode only) :KHQ D WHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQ LV HQDEOHG WKH UHFHLYLQJ LQWHUYDO GRZQOLQN LQWHUYDO RI VHQVRU GDWDFDQEHFKDQJHG ,I D '/ LQWHUYDO LV LQFUHDVHG WKH UHVSRQVH RI WKHVHQVRUGDWDGLVSOD\EHFRPHVVORZHUEXWVWLFN UHVSRQVHZLOOLPSURYH Battery failsafe voltage setup (FASSTest / TFHSS mode only) 7KHYROWDJHDWZKLFKEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHDFWLYDWHV FDQEHVHWZKHQ\RXOLQN97KHUHFHLYHU PHPRUL]HVWKHVHWWLQJDVLWZDVDWOLQN 6LQFH SRZHU FRQVXPSWLRQ YDULHV ZLWK EDWWHU\ W\SHVHUYRVDQGFRQGLWLRQSOHDVHVHOHFWWKHIDLO VDIHDFWLYDWLRQYROWDJHIRU\RXURZQPRGHO The example for choosing System Type -Response speed has priority over number of channels -Want to use a previously used receiver as is -Want to use a miniature receiver for indoor planes -Want to use a large number of telemetry functions -Telemetry requires only the current receiver battery FASST MULTI FASSTest 12CH R7008SB R7003SB R7014SB R7018SB R7006SB -Want to use an S-FHSS system miniature receiver FASST 7CH -Want to use more channels -Want to use a large number of telemetry functions FASSTest 18CH -Want to use an T-FHSS system receiver R7008SB R7003SB R7014SB R7018SB R7006SB R608FS R6008HS R6108SB R6208SB R6014HS R6014FS R6203SB R6203SBE R6202SBW R6303SB R6303SBE R7014SB R7018SB R7006SB T-FHSS Air R617FS R6004FF R616FFM R6106HF R6106HFC R6203SB R6203SBE R6202SBW R6303SB R6303SBE R7006SB R3006SB R3008SB R3001SB *R3106GF S-FHSS R2006GS R2106GF R2008SB R2001SB (Usable receivers) (As of March 2017) *Remark --- R3106GF is none telemetry 6 channels receiver. R3106GF does not have telemetry function. System type ■ FASSTest 18CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with the telemetry sensor unit. Up to 18 channels (linear16+ON/OFF2) can be used. ■ FASSTest 12CH --- FASSTest system receiver mode. Applicable with receiver voltage display. Up to 12 channels (linear10+ON/OFF2) can be used. Telemetry Sensor cannot be used, but the response speed is faster than that of the 18CH mode. • Analog servos cannot be used with the R7008SB in the FASSTest 12CH mode. ■ FASST MULTI ---FASST-MULTI system receiver mode. Up to 18 channels (linear16+ON/OFF2) can be used. ■ FASST 7CH --- FASST-7CH system receiver mode. Up to 7 channels can be used. ■ T-FHSS Air --- T-FHSS system receiver mode. Applicable with the telemetry sensor unit. Up to 18 channels (linear16+ON/OFF2) can be used. ■ S-FHSS --- S-FHSS system receiver mode. Up to 8 channels can be used. < Linkage menu > 79 Trim setting 'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJV 7KLV IXQFWLRQ DGMXVWV WKH GLJLWDO WULP V FRQWURO VWHSDPRXQWDQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH77 :KHQ WKH IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DUH VHW WKH WULP RSHUDWLRQFDQEHFRXSOHGZLWKDQ\RIWKHFRQGLWLRQV VHOHFWHGWKURXJKFRPELQDWLRQPRGH ŏ6HOHFW>7ULPVHWWLQJ@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJH PHQX Control step amount setting Separate/combination mode selection 7R VHW WKH FRQWURO VWHS DPRXQW ILUVW WDS WKH VFUHHQWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH 6HWWKHFRQWUROVWHSDPRXQWE\WDSSLQJWKH ▲▲ ▲ ▼▼ ▼ EXWWRQ ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa [Comb.] &RPELQDWLRQ PRGH 7KH WULP GDWD DUHUHÁHFWHGDWDOOWKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV [Separ.]6HSDUDWHPRGH7ULPDGMXVWPHQWIRU HDFKÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQ :KHQ WKH YDOXH LV WDSSHG WKH FRQWURO VWHS DPRXQWLVUHVHWWRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH :KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHODUJHWKHFKDQJHSHUVWHSEHFRPHV ODUJHU 80 < Linkage menu > Throttle cut 6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\ 7KURWWOH FXW SURYLGHV DQ HDV\ ZD\ WR VWRS WKH HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDW LGOH7KHDFWLRQLVQRWIXQFWLRQDODWKLJKWKURWWOHWR DYRLGDFFLGHQWDOGHDGVWLFNV7KHVZLWFK¶VORFDWLRQ DQGGLUHFWLRQPXVWEHFKRVHQDVLWGHIDXOWVWR − − " ŏ7DSWKH>7KURWWOHFXW@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Tapping this will change INH to either OFF or ON and activated. ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX The yellow line is the cut position. When the cut switch is ON, the throttle will move to this position. This is the throttle cut position. Tapping this will display value input buttons on-screen. Set the engine stop position. Tapping this will pull up the hardware selection screen. Select the throttle cut switch and ON-OFF direction. Throttle cut setting procedure 7DSWKH,1+EXWWRQ 7KURWWOHFXWIXQFWLRQVZLWFKVHWWLQJ 7DS WKH EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH +DUGZDUH VHOHFW! VFUHHQ DQG WKHQ VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ )RU D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG@ DW WKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO 7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ 7DS WKH FXW SRVLWLRQ EXWWRQ 9DOXH LQSXW EXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKHVFUHHQ 8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHFXW SRVLWLRQUDWH This indicates the throttle stick's current position. Throttle cut will only function when the throttle stick is more than 1/3rd into the slow throttle range. ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJH(/2:)a(0LGGOH) :LWKWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOHDGMXVWWKHUDWHXQWLOWKHHQJLQH FRQVLVWHQWO\VKXWVRII 7R H[LW WKH VHWWLQJ WDS WKH >7KURWWOH FXW@ EXWWRQ < Linkage menu > 81 /RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHG Idle down 7KH,GOHGRZQIXQFWLRQORZHUVWKHHQJLQH VLGOH E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH 7KHDFWLRQLVQRWIXQFWLRQDODWKLJKWKURWWOHWRDYRLG DFFLGHQWDOGHDGVWLFNV7KHVZLWFK¶VORFDWLRQDQG GLUHFWLRQPXVWEHFKRVHQDVLWGHIDXOWVWR −− " ŏ6HOHFW>,GOHGRZQ@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQX DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Tapping this will change INH to either OFF or ON and activated. ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX This is the idle down throttle position. Tapping this will display value input buttons on-screen. Set the engine's max. low position. Range: (↑)-100 ∼ +100(↓) Pressing and holding a value will reset it to 0. Tapping this will pull up the hardware selection screen. Select the idle down switch and ON-OFF direction. This is the current position bar for the throttle stick. Throttle cut will only function when the throttle stick is more than halfway into the low throttle range. Idle down setting procedure 7DS WKH ,1+ EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWH WKH ,GOH GRZQIXQFWLRQ ,GOHGRZQIXQFWLRQVZLWFKVHWWLQJ 7DS WKH EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH +DUGZDUH VHOHFW! VFUHHQ DQG WKHQ VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ )RU D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG@ DW WKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO 2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ 7DS WKH RIIVHW UDWH EXWWRQ 9DOXH LQSXW EXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKHVFUHHQ 8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKHRIIVHWUDWH ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa EHFRPHVDQLGOHXS 7R H[LW WKH VHWWLQJ WDS WKH >,GOH GRZQ@ EXWWRQ Landing Idling, lower Offset rate 82 < Linkage menu > Swash ring /LPLWVWKHVZDVKWUDYHOZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJHWRSUHYHQWOLQNDJHGDPDJH +HOLFRSWHURQO\ 7KLV IXQFWLRQ OLPLWV WKH WUDYHO RI WKH VZDVK SODWHWRSUHYHQWOLQNDJHGDPDJHDVWKHDLOHURQDQG HOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQLVXVHG,WLVXVHIXOIRU'KHOL VHWWLQJ ŏ7DSWKH>6ZDVKULQJ@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX The movement range display shows control input for elevator and aileron direction. Setting the function to "ACT" will display the swash ring and [Rate] percentage. The marker represents the stick's position. Swash ring setting procedure 3XVK WKH 6ZDVK ULQJ EXWWRQ RQ WKH OLQNDJH PHQX 3XVK$&7,1+EXWWRQWRDFWLYDWH 7KHPRYHPHQWDUHDPRQLWRUVKRZVWKHFXUUHQWDLOHURQDQG HOHYDWRUYDOXHVDQGOLPLWUDQJHVE\WKH\HOORZFLUFOH $GMXVW WKH UDWH WR WKH PD[LPXP DPRXQW RI VZDVKSODWHGHFOLQH 7KHVZDVKPRYHPHQWLVOLPLWHGZLWKLQWKHFLUFOH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH < Linkage menu > 83 Swash 6ZDVKRSHUDWLRQOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW VZDVKW\SH+ Neutral Point Mixing Rate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wash AFR 6ZDVK$)5IXQFWLRQUHGXFHVLQFUHDVHVUHYHUVHV WKH UDWH WUDYHO RI WKH DLOHURQ HOHYDWRU DQG FROOHFWLYHSLWFKIXQFWLRQVE\DGMXVWLQJRUUHYHUVLQJ WKHPRWLRQRIDOOVHUYRVLQYROYHGLQWKDWIXQFWLRQ RQO\ZKHQXVLQJWKDWIXQFWLRQ Linkage Compensation 7KLVFRPSHQVDWLRQPL[LQJLVXVHGWRFRUUHFWWKH WHQGHQF\RIWKHVZDVKSODWHIRUSLWFKFRQWURODWORZ SLWFKDQGKLJKSLWFK Speed Compensation 7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRFDQFHOWKHUHDFWLRQWKDWLV JHQHUDWHGE\WKHGLIIHUHQFHRIWKHRSHUDWLRQDPRXQW RIHDFKVHUYRZKHQWKHVZDVKSODWHPRYHV ŏ 6HOHFW >6ZDVK@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO WKH VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX 84 < Linkage menu > Neutral point setting procedure %HFRPHVWKHFRPSHQVDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQW $GMXVWLQJWKHVHUYRKRUQVRWKDWWKHQHXWUDOSRLQWSRVLWLRQLV QHDUWKHSRVLWLRQPDNHVWKHPL[LQJDPRXQWVPDOO +ROG WKH VHUYR KRUQ DW D ULJKW DQJOH WR WKH OLQNDJHURGDQGWKHQWDSWKH>(QWHU@EXWWRQ DQGUHDGWKHDFWXDOQHXWUDOSRLQW 7KHQHXWUDOSRLQWLVGLVSOD\HGRQWKHVFUHHQ $IWHU UHDGLQJ WKLV QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH RWKHU FRPSHQVDWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WR PDNH IXUWKHU DGMXVWPHQWV 7RH[LWWKHVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ Swash AFR setting procedure $GMXVW VR WKDW WKH VSHFLILHG RSHUDWLRQ DPRXQWLVREWDLQHGE\DLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG SLWFKRSHUDWLRQ 7DS WKH EXWWRQ RI WKH $)5 UDWH WR EH DGMXVWHG9DOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKH VFUHHQ 8VHWKHYDOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVWRDGMXVWWKH$)5 UDWH ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa RUWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQFKDQJHV 7RH[LWVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ Mixing rate setting procedure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inkage correction setting procedure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peed compensation setting procedure 6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW SRVLWLRQ0RYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNTXLFNO\DQG DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW VR WKDWWKHLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFKGLUHFWLRQLV PLQLPDO 7RH[LWVHWWLQJWDSWKH>6ZDVK@EXWWRQ Notes: ,I WKH OLQNDJH LV WRR ORQJ RU VKRUW FRUUHFW FRPSHQVDWLRQ ZLOO QRW EH DSSOLHG &RUUHFW WKLV EHIRUH FRQWLQXLQJ 7KH SLWFK DQJOH FKDQJHV DIWHU DQ\ DGMXVWPHQW 5HVHW WKH SLWFK DQJOH ZKHQ DFWXDOO\ IO\LQJ DIWHU FRPSHQVDWLRQSURFHVVLQJ < Linkage menu > 85 Stick alarm $Q DODUP VLQJOH EHHS FDQ EH VRXQGHG DW WKH VSHFL¿HGWKURWWOHVWLFNSRVLWLRQ ŏ$ODUPIXQFWLRQ212))FDQEHVHWE\VZLWFK Tapping this will change INH to ON and activated. If the throttle stick reaches the yellow line, an alarm will sound. ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX This is the current position display bar for the throttle stick. This is the throttle stick alarm position. Push the throttle stick to the desired position and tap the value. Range: (Low)0 ∼ 100(High) Tapping this will pull up the hardware selection screen. Select the switch and ON-OFF direction if turning the function ON-OFF by switch. If the throttle stick reaches the desired position , an alarm (single beep) will sound. 86 < Linkage menu > 7LPHUVHWWLQJ Timer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ast twenty seconds Last ten seconds Target time Time: Alarm : One short beep Two short Also beeps beep ŏ6HOHFW>7LPHU@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Continue counting with displaying a minus (-) sign. Elapsed: Minute-by-minute alarm starting from 00:00 ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Remainder : Minute-byminute alarm counting down from a designated time A Buzzer or Speech can be chosen [Inhibit] → [Type1-4] If it carries out like this, a vibration function will work. OFF: Turning the power OFF and switching models will reset the timer. ON: Previous timer is put into memory and will restart from where it stopped. [Start/Stop] → Home screen A timer on the home screen starts and stops its countdown directly from there when tapped. Tapping and holding the display will reset the timer. Timer 1 Timer 2 Up timer/Down timer selection Start/Stop/Reset switch setting 7DSWKHPRGHEXWWRQDQGVHOHFWWKHW\SHRI WLPHU 7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ 7DS WKH 0RGH PLQXWHV RU VHFRQGV EXWWRQ 9DOXHLQSXWEXWWRQVDSSHDURQWKHVFUHHQ 8VHWKHVHEXWWRQVWRVHWWKHWLPHUWLPH 7DS WKH 6WDUW6WRS5HVHW 6: EXWWRQ WR FDOOWKH6ZLWFK!VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH VZLWFKDQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ )RU D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG@ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLV PDQXDO 7KH WLPHU VZLWFKHV FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ < Linkage menu > 87 Integration Timer ,17LQWHJUDWLRQ7LPHULVWKHIXQFWLRQZKLFKFKDQJHVSURJUHVVRIDWLPHUDFFRUGLQJWRWKHORFDWLRQ RIWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN:KHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNLVUDLVHGIRUIDVWHUVSHHGWKHVSHHGRIWKHWLPHUXVXDOO\ LQFUHDVHV:LWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWPLGUDQJHVSHHGWKHWLPHUVSHHGGHFUHDVHVWR:KHQWKH WKURWWOHLVSRVLWLRQHGDWORZHQGWKHWLPHU VSURJUHVVVWRSV,W VSRVVLEOHWRVHWLWLQWKHWLPHZKLFK ¿WVSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQRI\RXUIXVHODJH 7KH FRQVXPSWLRQ RI WKH EDWWHU\IXHO LV GLIIHUHQW GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH FRQGLWLRQV VR XVH DQ ,17 7LPHU DV UHIHUHQFH 7KH,17LQWHJUDWLRQWLPHLVGLIIHUHQWIURPWKHDFWXDOHODSVHGWLPH When a throttle stick is the high side, the speed of the timer usually increases. High When a throttle stick is middle-speed, the timer speed decreases (by 50%). Middle When a throttle stick is low, timer progress stops. Low ŏ6HOHFW>7LPHU@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ INT Time Nomal Timer Tap INT time (%) TH% : Integration Timer 88 < Linkage menu > Function name )XQFWLRQQDPHFDQEHFKDQJHG 7KHQDPHRIWKHVSDUHIXQFWLRQV$X[LOLDU\ FDQEHFKDQJHGIRUWKHIXOOQDPHFKDUDFWHUVRU IRUWKHDEEUHYLDWHGQDPHFKDUDFWHUV ŏ 7DS WKH >)XQFWLRQ QDPH@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Function name change method 6HOHFW >)XQFWLRQ QDPH@ IURP WKH /LQNDJH PHQXDQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ 7KH)XQFWLRQQDPHVHWXSVFUHHQLVGLVSOD\HG :KHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ ZKRVH QDPH LV WR EH FKDQJHG LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH VFUHHQ LV WDSSHGDPRGLÀFDWLRQVFUHHQLVGLVSOD\HG 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ WR EH UHQDPHG DQG VHOHFW >5HQDPH@ DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ $ FKDUDFWHULQSXWVFUHHQLVGLVSOD\HG,QSXWWKH IXQFWLRQQDPH 7KH IXQFWLRQ QDPH PD\ EH GLVSOD\HG LQ FKDUDFWHUV RU FKDUDFWHUV GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ )RU FKDUDFWHU GLVSOD\ LQSXWWKHIXQFWLRQQDPHDVUHTXLUHG :KHQ >5HVHW@ LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH VFUHHQ LV KHOG GRZQ WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH LV VHW WR WKH LQLWLDOVWDWHIXQFWLRQQDPH < Linkage menu > 89 Telemetry system 7KLVVFUHHQGLVSOD\VDQGVHWVWKHYDULRXVLQIRUPDWLRQIURPWKHUHFHLYHU$QDODUPDQGYLEUDWLRQFDQEH JHQHUDWHGGHSHQGLQJRQWKHLQIRUPDWLRQ)RUH[DPSOHDGURSLQWKHYROWDJHRIWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\KRXVHG LQWKHDLUFUDIWFDQEHUHSRUWHGE\DQDODUP ● This function can only be used in the FASSTest18CH mode and T-FHSS mode. The FASST/S-FHSS mode cannot use telemetry. ● FASSTest12CH mode. Applicable with receiver voltage display. ● Telemetry sensors sold separately can be mounted in the aircraft to display a variety of information. (Receiver voltage does not require a sensor.) ● The telemetry function cannot be used if the telemetry mode of the parameters is not ACT. ● FASSTest18CH : When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry cannot be used for the 2nd receiver. ● T-FHSS/FASSTest12CH : When 2 receivers are used with 1 transmitter, the telemetry function cannot be used. ● If the transmitter and receiver are linked, but the receiver's ID is not recorded in the transmitter's memory, the telemetry function cannot be used. ● Turning OFF the receiver after use will cause the telemetry data just prior to this to be displayed. (Even when the receiver's power is turned OFF, the receiver voltage is not 0.0V.) Viewing the receiver voltage. Setting is unnecessary. When menu telemetry is listened to, the voltage appears. P.90 Viewing the drive battery voltage. CA-RVIN-700 and wiring work are necessary. P.97 Optional telemetry sensors are necessary. T16SZ setting is unnecessary. P.92 Using various optional telemetry sensors. Using several telemetry sensors of the same type. Setting by "sensor" in the menu is necessary. (Register is necessary.) Setting alarms from the telemetry information. Setting by "Telemetry" in the menu is necessary. Viewing the telemetry data Receiver → Transmitter. The reception of the signal from the receiver to the transmitter is shown. This does not affect flight. Receiver voltage and Ext voltage display CAUTION Do not stare at or set the transmitter setting screen while flying. ■ Losing sight of the aircraft during flight is very dangerous. ■ When you want to check the information during flight, call the telemetry screen before flight and have the screen checked by someone other than the operator. 90 < Linkage menu > P.93 P.95 ∼ 112 < Home display > Home display HOME/EXIT is pushed 4 of telemetry data is displayed *Be aware that pressing and holding this activates the key lock You can choose which type of sensor to display for four displays. Tap the sensor type. For some sensor types, you can choose the display item. Tap to select. 76= Telemetry Schematic Info Signal )XVH Info &$59,1 ZLWKH[WHUQDOSRZHU LQSXWPXVWEHOHVVWKDQ9 Drive battery Receiver %UDQFK 0RWRU &RQWUROOHU Drive battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter. Battery voltage is displayed at the transmitter. Info 6%86 SRUW 6ZLWFK Info +XE 7HUPLQDOER[ Info +XE 7HPSHUDWXUH 6HQVRU Slot 1 530 6HQVRU Slot 2 $OWLWXGH 6HQVRU Slot 3 ∼ 5 9ROWDJH 6HQVRU Slot 6 ∼ 7 *36 6HQVRU Slot 8 ∼ 15 6HQVRU Slot 16 Slot 17 6HQVRU Info +XE Slot 31 < Linkage menu > 91 9DULRXVWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVVHWWLQJ Sensor 7KLVVFUHHQUHJLVWHUVWKHWHOHPHWU\VHQVRUVXVHG ZLWKWKHWUDQVPLWWHU:KHQRQO\RQHRIDFHUWDLQ W\SHRIVHQVRULVXVHGWKLVVHWWLQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\ DQGWKHVHQVRUFDQEHXVHGE\VLPSO\FRQQHFWLQJLW WRWKH6%86SRUWRIWKHWUDQVPLWWHU :KHQ XVLQJ RU PRUH RI WKH VDPH NLQG RI VHQVRUWKH\PXVWEHUHJLVWHUHGKHUH ŏ7DSWKH>6HQVRU@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Slot Number [:hat is a slot"] 6HUYRV DUH FODVVLILHG E\ &+ EXW sensors DUH FODVVLILHGLQXQLWVFDOOHG³slot´7KHUHDUHslotsIURP No. 1WRNo. 31 Altitude sensors, GPS sensors DQG RWKHU GDWD VHQVRUXQLWVPD\XVHmultiple slots :KHQXVLQJDVHQVRUZKLFKXVHVWZRRUPRUHVORWV WKHUHTXLUHGQXPEHURIVORWVLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\DVVLJQHG E\VHWWLQJXSDstart slot :KHQRUPRUHRIWKHVDPHNLQGRIVHQVRUDUHXVHG WKHVHQVRUVWKHPVHOYHVPXVWDOORFDWHXQXVHGVORWVDQG PHPRUL]HWKDWVORW Registered sensor Sensor ID : Multiple usage of sensors of the same type requires an ID be input. Tapping this will allow for manual input, but see the next page about how to perform autoregistration via sensor registration. Tap the slot to display sensors which can be used for the start slot. Tap to register the sensor. This is what displays when no sensor is registered in a slot. Tapping the slot and selecting "-----------" will erase whatever was registered there, freeing up the slot. ŏ $V VKRZQ LQ WKH WDEOH EHORZ DQ DOWLPHWHU UHTXLUHV FRQWLJXRXV VORWV DQG D *36 VHQVRU UHTXLUHVFRQWLJXRXVVORWV7KH*366%6*VWDUWVORWVDUHDQG < $VVLJQDEOHVORW > $OWLPHWHU*36DQGRWKHUVHQVRUVWKDWGLVSOD\DODUJHDPRXQWRIGDWDUHTXLUHPXOWLSOHVORWV 'HSHQGLQJRQWKHW\SHRIVHQVRUWKHVORWQXPEHUVWKDWFDQEHDOORFDWHGPD\EHOLPLWHG TEMP (SBS-01T/TE) RPM (SBS01RM/RO/RB) The required number of slots 1 slot 1 slot Voltage (SBS-01V) 2 slots Altitude (SBS-01/02A) 3 slots Current (SBS-01C) 3 slots Sensor S.BUS Servo sennsor (SBS-01S) GPS(SBS-01/02G) TEMP125-F1713 8 slots 1 slot VARIO-F1712 2 slots VARIO-F1672 2 slots CURR-F1678 3 slots GPS-F1675 Kontronik ESC Castle TL0 8 slots 8 slots 8 slots JetCat V10 14 slots PowerBox 16 slots 6 slots 92 < Linkage menu > The number which can be used as a start slot 1-31 1-31 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19, 20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21, 24,25,26,27,28,29 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21, 24,25,26,27,28,29 1,2,8,9,10,16,17,18, 24,25,26 8,16,24 1-31 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19, 20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,16,17,18,19, 20,21,22,24,25,26,27,28,29,30 1,2,3,4,5,8,9,10,11,12,13,16,17,18,19,20,21, 24,25,26,27,28,29 8,16,24 8,16,24 8,16,24 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17, 18 8,16 Selling area Global Europe Sensor:Reload This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type. :KHQXVLQJPXOWLSOHVHQVRUVRIWKHVDPHW\SH WKHVHQVRUVPXVWEHUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU &RQQHFWDOOWKHVHQVRUVWREHXVHGWRWKH76=DV VKRZQLQWKH¿JXUHDWWKHULJKWDQGUHJLVWHUWKHPE\ WKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH7KH,'RIHDFKVHQVRULV UHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU Hub 76= ŏ&DOOSDJHIURPWKH>6HQVRU@PHQX ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Hub Hub SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR ,W LV QRW QHFHVVDU\ WR FDUU\ RXW PXOWLSOHEDWWHU\FRQQHFWLRQVOLNH D70=76* Reading all the sensors to be used &RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUWRWKH76=DVVKRZQLQWKHÀJXUHDERYH 7DS´5HORDGµRQSDJHRIWKH>6HQVRU@VFUHHQ 7DS´5HORDGµ $OOWKHVHQVRUVDUHUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG Sensor : Register This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type. 7KLV IXQFWLRQ UHJLVWHUV DQ DGGLWLRQDO VHQVRU &RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUDVVKRZQLQWKHILJXUHDWWKH ULJKW DQG UHJLVWHU LW E\ WKH IROORZLQJ SURFHGXUH 7KHVHQVRU,'LVUHJLVWHUHGLQWKHWUDQVPLWWHU ŏ&DOOSDJHIURPWKH>6HQVRU@PHQX Additional sensor registration &RQQHFW WKH VHQVRU WR WKH 76= DV VKRZQ LQ WKH ILJXUH DERYH 7DS´5HJLVWHUµRQSDJHRIWKH6HQVRU!VFUHHQ 7KHVHQVRULVUHJLVWHUHGDQGFDQEHXVHG 76= SENSOR ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Receivers Battery :KHQ WKH QXPEHU RI VORWV QHHGHG LQ UHJLVWUDWLRQ LV LQVXIILFLHQW DQ HUURU LV GLVSOD\HG DQG UHJLVWUDWLRQ FDQQRW EH SHUIRUPHG 'LVDEOH XQXVHG VORWV RU SHUIRUPWKHIROORZLQJUHORDG < Linkage menu > 93 Sensor : Change slot This page is set when using multiple telemetry sensors of the same type. 7KLVSURFHGXUHFKDQJHVWKHVORWQXPEHURIRQH UHJLVWHUHGVHQVRU ŏ&DOOSDJHIURPWKH>6HQVRU@PHQX 76= SENSOR ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Receivers Battery ŏ 7DS WKH >&KDQJH VORW@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH6HQVRU VFUHHQWR FDOOWKH VHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ )RUVRPHWUDQVPLWWHUVHJ7.ZKHQWKHVWDUWVORWRID VHQVRULVFKDQJHGWKHVHQVRUFDQQRWEHXVHG Sensor slot change &RQQHFWWKHVHQVRUWRWKH76=DVVKRZQLQ WKHÀJXUHDERYH 7DS ´&KDQJH VORWµ RQ SDJH RI WKH 6HQVRU!VFUHHQ 7DS´5HDGµ $VHQVRUGHWDLOVVFUHHQDSSHDUV 7KHFXUUHQWVWDUWVORWLVGLVSOD\HG7RFKDQJH DVWDUWVORWD + Ɇ EXWWRQWDS(&DQQRWEH VHWWRDVORWWKDWFDQQRWEHDOORFDWHGOLNHWKH WDEOHRIDOOSDJHV) 7DSWRWKH´:ULWHµ WARNING Do not disconnect or turn transmitter power OFF while telemetry sensor data is being saved. Sensor save data will be lost, resulting in malfunction. 94 < Linkage menu > Telemetry 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHU 7KLVVFUHHQGLVSOD\V\RXUFKRLFHRIGDWDIURPWKH UHFHLYHU $OVR ZDUQLQJV FDQ EH DFWLYDWHG UHJDUGLQJ WKH GDWD)RUH[DPSOHLIWKHUHFHLYHUYROWDJHGURSVWKH XVHUFDQEHZDUQHGE\DQDODUPDQGYLEUDWLRQ ŏ7DSWKH>7HOHPHWU\@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWR FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Tap page button to advance to next page. ( The number of pages changes with the number of sensor registration.) Various telemetry data Start slot number Choose the desired sensor and tap. Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Display Sensors 'HIDXOW GLVSOD\ VHQVRUV FDQ RQO\ EH XVHG E\ FRQQHFWLQJ WKH VHQVRUV WR WKH UHFHLYHU )RU GLVSOD\ RIRWKHUVHQVRUVRUWRXVHWKHVDPHW\SHRIVHQVRULQ PXOWLSOHFDVHVHLWKHUUHJLVWHUWKHPYLDWKH6HQVRU RSWLRQRQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXRUDOORFDWHWKHVHQVRUV WRHPSW\VORWVWRKDYHWKHPGLVSOD\RQWKH7HOHPHWU\ VFUHHQ 5HIHU WR WKH SUHYLRXV 6HQVRU H[SODQDWLRQ SDJHVIRUKRZWRGRWKLV < Linkage menu > 95 'LVSOD\LQJ GDWD IURP WKH UHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH Telemetry: Receiver [Battery] ,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHRIDUHFHLYHULV GLVSOD\HG ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQDQ DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ7DSWKH>5HFHLYHU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Receiver battery voltage Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↓ The "down" arrow will indicate that an alarm will sound when the voltage drops to below the setting. Sets the voltage on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Alarm set 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRW XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>9@LWHP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ 96 < Linkage menu > "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 'LVSOD\LQJ GDWD IURP WKH (;7 EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW Telemetry: Receiver [Ext. battery] 7KH(;792/7VFUHHQZLOOGLVSOD\WKHGDWDIURP WKH(;7EDWWHU\RXWSXWIURPWKH56%UHFHLYHU ,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR FRQQHFWH[WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRURIWKH56% UHFHLYHU WR D &$59,1 )870 RU 6%69WRWKHEDWWHU\\RXGHVLUHWRPHDVXUHWKH YROWDJHRIWKH(;7EDWWHU\ *CA-RVIN-700 must be installed in the aircraft. <RXZLOOEHDOHUWHGE\DQDODUPRUYLEUDWLRQLI WKHYROWDJHVHWE\\RXLVH[FHHGHG ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ7DSWKH>5HFHLYHU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Ext. battery voltage Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↓ The "down" arrow will indicate that an alarm will sound when the voltage drops to below the setting. Sets the voltage on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Alarm set 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>9@LWHP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ < Linkage menu > 97 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHWHPSHUDWXUH Telemetry : Temperature *A temperature sensor must be installed in the aircraft. ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 7HPSHUDWXUH LV D VFUHHQ ZKLFK GLVSOD\VVHWV 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ XS WKH WHPSHUDWXUH LQIRUPDWLRQ IURP DQ RSWLRQDO )$667HVW&+PRGH WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ 7KHWHPSHUDWXUHRIWKHPRGHOHQJLQHPRWRU IXQFWLRQV EDWWHU\HWFZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHGLVSOD\HG ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX ŏ 7DS WKH >7HPSHUDWXUH@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\ VFUHHQWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Temperature Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↑ An upward arrow will show that an alarm will sound when the temperature rises above the set value. ↓ A downward arrow will show that an alarm will sound when the temperature drops below the set value. Sets the temperature on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Alert set : Temperature warning 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>℃ @LWHP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHŃ℃ Ņ℃ $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH℃ a℃ Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ 98 < Linkage menu > "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUSP Telemetry : RPM Sensor 7KH 530 6HQVRU VFUHHQ LV XVHG WR VHW XS DQ RSWLRQDO USP VHQVRU DQG GLVSOD\ WKH URWDWLRQ LQIRUPDWLRQLWWUDQVPLWV 7KHURWDWLRQRIWKHPRGHOHQJLQHPRWRUHWF ZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHVKRZQ ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX *An rpm sensor must be installed in the aircraft. ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ7DSWKH>USPVHQVRU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX rpm Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↑ An upward arrow will show that an alarm will sound when the rpm rises above the set value. ↓ A downward arrow will show that an alarm will sound when the rpm falls below the set value. Sets the rpm on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. "Magnet" "Optics" "Brushless motor" SBS-01RM → Gear ratio 1.00 99.00 SBS-01RO → Blade 2 10 SBS-01RB → Pole 2 30 Alarm set : Over (Under) rotations 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>xxx USP@LWHP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHŃUSPŅUSP $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHUSPaUSP Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ < Linkage menu > 99 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHDOWLWXGH Telemetry : Altitude *An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. $OWLWXGHLVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKHDOWLWXGH LQIRUPDWLRQIURPDQRSWLRQDODOWLWXGHVHQVRURU*36VHQVRU 7KHDOWLWXGHRIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQEHNQRZQ,ILW EHFRPHVKLJKHUORZWKDQSUHVHWDOWLWXGH\RXFDQEHWROGE\ DODUP:DUQLQJE\YLEUDWLRQFDQDOVREHFKRVHQ'DWDZKHQ DSRZHUVXSSO\LVWXUQHGRQVKDOOEHPDQGLWGLVSOD\VWKH DOWLWXGHZKLFKFKDQJHGIURPWKHUH(YHQLIWKHDOWLWXGHRIDQ DLU¿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ŏ7DSWKH>$OWLWXGH@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWR FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Altitude Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Sets the altitude on which the alarm operates. ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the altitude reaches above your set value. ● If this is set to Mode1-4, a rise and dive are told by a different melody. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the altitude reaches below your set value. Mode1: Little rise/dive → Melody changes : sensitively Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Mode4: Big rise/dive → Melody changes : insensible Allows Melody to be turned ON or OFF. First, the set of a reference is reTuired. Alarm set : Altitude 7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ 7DSWRWKH>3UHVHW@RI5HIHUHQFHLWHP 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>[[[m@LWHP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHŃPŅP $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW $WPRVSKHULFSUHVVXUHLVFKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZHDWKHU DOVRDWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH Type 3 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ 100 < Linkage menu > 'LVSOD\LQJ GDWD IURP WKH YDULRPHWHU Telemetry : Altitude [Variometer] *An altitude sensor or GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 9$5,2LVDVFUHHQZKLFKGLVSOD\VVHWVXSWKH VWDWXVWKH76=LQFRUSRUDWHVDGLIIHUHQWPHORG\ YDULRPHWHULQIRUPDWLRQIURPDQRSWLRQDODOWLWXGH IRU DVFHQW DQG GHVFHQW $GGLWLRQDOO\ GHSHQGLQJ VHQVRURU*36VHQVRU XSRQWKHUDWHRIFOLPERUGHVFHQWWKHWRQHVYDU\WR 7KHYDULRPHWHURIWKHPRGHOZKLFKLVÀ\LQJFDQ LQGLFDWHZKHWKHURUQRWWKHDLUSODQHLVFOLPELQJRU GHVFHQGLQJDWDUDSLGUDWH EHNQRZQ ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQJDQ 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ 7RHQVXUHWKDWWKHSLORWLVDZDUHDVWRWKHPRGHO V IXQFWLRQV ŏ7DSWKH>9DULRPHWHU@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Variometer Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Sets the variometer on which the alarm operates. ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the variometer reaches above your set value. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the variometer reaches below your set value. ● If this is set to Mode1-4, a rise and dive are told by a different melody. Mode 1 : Little rise/dive → Melody changes : sensitively Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Allows Melody to be turned ON or OFF. First, the set of a reference is reTuired. 7KH PRGHO DQG WUDQVPLWWHU WR ZKLFK WKH DOWLWXGHVHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ 7DSWRWKH>3UHVHW@RI5HIHUHQFHLWHP $WPRVSKHULFSUHVVXUHLVFKDQJHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZHDWKHU DOVRDWWKHVDPHDLU¿HOG<RXVKRXOGSUHVHWEHIRUHDÀLJKW "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Mode 4 : Big rise/dive → Melody changes : insensible Alert set : variometer 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>PV@LWHP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHP $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPVaPV Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW Type 2 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH Type 3 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ < Linkage menu > 101 Vario Melody Setting Tap the [Set] button Current variometer *These settings can be made for each sensor. Next page Deadband Range :KHQ WKH YDULRPHWHU LV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\ LV QRWYDULDEOH Setting range: 2IIVHWYDOXH ∼PV Initial value:PV :KHQWKHYDULRPHWHULVOHVVWKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\ LV QRW YDULDEOH Setting range: PV ∼ 2IIVHWYDOXH Initial value:PV :KHQ WKH YDULRPHWHU LV OHVV WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\ LVQRWRXWSXW Setting range:PV ∼PV Initial value:PV : K H Q W K H Y D U L R P H W H U L V JUHDWHU WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR PHORG\LVQRW RXWSXW Setting range:PV ∼ PV Initial value:PV Offset žŷƋƈŃƕƈƏƄƗƌƒƑŃƒƉŃŹƄƕƌƒŃŰƈƏƒƇƜŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊƖƀ Fixed melody Range↑ Deadband↑ Offset 7KLVLVWKHFKDQJLQJSRLQWRIFOLPEDQGVLQN:KHQWKHYDULRPHWHU LV JUHDWHU WKDQ WKLV YDOXH 9DULR 0HORG\ LV FOLPE W\SH :KHQ WKH YDULRPHWHULVOHVVWKDQWKLVYDOXH9DULR0HORG\LVVLQNW\SH Setting range:5DQJHŃVHWWLQJYDOXH∼5DQJHŅVHWWLQJYDOXH Initial value:PV 102 < Linkage menu > Deadband↓ Variable melody Dead band (Not sound) Variable melody Range↓ Fixed melody Climb side Discontinuous sounds Sink side Continuous sounds Delay 7KH RXWSXW YDULR PHORG\ GRHV QRW FKDQJH GXULQJ WKH GHOD\ WLPH ,Q RWKHU ZRUGV WKLV LV D PLQLPXP WLPHRI9DULRPHORG\RXWSXW Setting range:V,V,V,V Initial value:V *This parameter is effective to all variometers. žŹƄƕƌƒŃŰƈƏƒƇƜŃŧƈƏƄƜƀ Actually Variometer 0.0m/s 1.0m/s 3.0m/s 4.0m/s 2.0m/s -1.0m/s Output Vario Melody 0.0m/s 1.0m/s 3.0m/s 4.0m/s 2.0m/s -1.0m/s Delay time 1.0s < Linkage menu > 103 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJH Telemetry: Voltage [Battery] *SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft. ,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHRIDUHFHLYHULV GLVSOD\HG ,ILWEHFRPHVKLJKHURUORZHUWKDQWKHVHWWLQDQ DODUPDQGRUYLEUDWLRQZLOODOHUW\RX ,QWKLVVFUHHQWKHEDWWHU\YROWDJHLVGLVSOD\HG ,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\ WR FRQQHFW([WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRURI56% ⇔ 6%69 ⇔%DWWHU\ 6%69 PHDVXUHV WZR EDWWHULHV7KH SRZHU EDWWHU\FRQQHFWHGWRWZROLQHVLVGLVSOD\HGRQ(;7 92/77KHEDWWHU\IRUUHFHLYHUVFRQQHFWHGWR3 OLQHVLVGLVSOD\HGKHUH ŏ7DSWKH>9ROWDJH@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQ WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Battery voltage Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↓ The "down" arrow will indicate that an alarm will sound when the voltage drops to below the setting. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Sets the voltage on which the alarm operates. Vibrator choices are type1-3, and Inhibit. < 7ZRH[DPSOHVRIZLULQJDUHVKRZQ > Two drive batteries are measured (R7008SB use) Alarm set 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFHDQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRU DODUP ,I XVLQJ YLEUDWRU FKRRVHRQHRIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DSWRWKH/LPLW>9@LWHP $GMXVW WKH UDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ ʆʆEXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLV UHVHWWRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH SXVK WKH +20((;,7 EXWWRQ 5HIHU WR WKH PDQXDO RI 6%69 IRU WKH GHWDLOV RI ZLULQJ 104 < Linkage menu > Drive battery 1 (EXT Battery) WR6%86 SRUW Drive battery 2 (EXT Battery) EXT Line Normal Line 56% Receiver battery ●Battery voltage measurement for receivers [R7008SB use] ●The drive battery 1 is measured in an EXT port [R7008SB use] ●The drive battery 2 is measured in an EXT line [SBS-01V use] Two drive batteries and power supplies for servos are measured (R7008SB use) Drive battery 1 (EXT Battery) Drive battery 2 (EXT Battery) Power supplies for servos *SBS-01V measures two voltage. One corresponds to high voltages, such as a drive battery, with an EXT line. Another is a normal line and is measurement of the battery for receivers of a line connected to 3P connector, or the battery for servos. EXT Line 6ZLWFK Normal Line WR6%86 SRUW $QRWKHUSRZHU VXSSO\+XE 56% Receiver battery S.BUS2 servos ●Battery voltage measurement for receivers [R7008SB use] ●The drive battery 1 is measured in an EXT port [R7008SB use] ●The drive battery 2 is measured in an EXT line [SBS-01V use] ●The voltage for servos is measured in a power supply line [SBS-01V use] ' L V SO D \ L Q J G D W D I U R P W K H ( ;7 EDWWHU\YROWDJHSRUW Telemetry: Voltage [Ext. battery] ,Q WKLV VFUHHQ WKH (;7 EDWWHU\ YROWDJH LV GLVSOD\HG ,Q RUGHU WR XVH WKLV IXQFWLRQ LW LV QHFHVVDU\WRFRQQHFW([WHUQDOYROWDJHFRQQHFWRURI 56% ⇔6%69 ⇔%DWWHU\ 6%69 PHDVXUHV WZR EDWWHULHV7KH SRZHU EDWWHU\FRQQHFWHGWRWZROLQHVLVGLVSOD\HGRQ(;7 92/7 *SBS-01V must be installed in the aircraft. ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ7DSWKH>9ROWDJH@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWR FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Ext. battery voltage Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↓ The "down" arrow will indicate that an alarm will sound when the voltage drops to below the setting. Sets the voltage on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Alarm set 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DS/LPLW>9@ $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXH9 $GMXVWPHQWUDQJH9a9 :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWR WKHLQLWLDOYDOXH "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ < Linkage menu > 105 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKH'LVWDQFH6FUHHQ Telemetry : GPS [Distance] 7KH 'LVWDQFH VFUHHQ GLVSOD\V DQG VHWV DOWLWXGH GDWD IURP DQ 6%6* *36 6HQVRU VROG VHSDUDWHO\DQGDOORZVWKHGLVWDQFHWRWKHDLUERUQH DLUFUDIW WR EH UHDG E\ WKH WUDQVPLWWHU:KHQ WKH DLUFUDIWIOLHVLQVLGHRURXWVLGHWKHVHWGLVWDQFHDQ DODUPDQGYLEUDWLRQDOHUWVWKHSLORW *A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 7KH *36 VHQVRU LV QHFHVVDU\ DQG LV VROG VHSDUDWHO\ 0RXQW DQG FRQQHFW WKH VHQVRU LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH VHQVRU LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ7DSWKH>*36@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWRFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Distance Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the distance reaches above your set value. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the distance reaches below your set value. Sets the distance on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Tap to the [Preset] of "Reference" item. Sets the current aircraft position as the starting point. "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Altitude calculated as either straight line distance (slant) or surface distance on a map can also be selected. Type 1 Type 2 nt Sla Altitude Type 3 Surface Select <Slant> <Surface> to "Distance mode", tap the screen. 106 < Linkage menu > RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ First, the set of a reference is reTuired. 7KHPRGHODQGWUDQVPLWWHUWRZKLFKWKH*36 VHQVRUZDVFRQQHFWHGDUHWXUQHGRQ 7DSWRWKH>3UHVHW@RI5HIHUHQFHLWHP 1RZWKHSRVLWLRQRIWKHSUHVHQWPRGHOZDVVHWWRP Setting a too far alarm distance 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW Setting a too close alarm distance 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG,QKLELW &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV 7DS/LPLW>P@ &KRRVH ,QKLELW IRU 9LEUDWRU LI QRt XVLQJ WKH YLEUDWRUDODUP ,IXVLQJYLEUDWRUFKRRVHRQH RIWKHWKUHHW\SHV $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV 7DS/LPLW>P@ $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHP $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHPaP ,QLWLDOYDOXHP Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWR WKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDOVWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWR WKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH Telemetry Data ŧƌƖƗƄƑƆƈ Positioning time of GPS :KHQSRZHUHGXSWKH6%6*EHJLQVWR DFTXLUH *36 VDWHOOLWH GDWD 7KLV SURFHVV FDQ WDNHVHYHUDOPLQXWHV3OHDVHGRQRWPRYHWKH PRGHOGXULQJWKLVSURFHVV'XULQJDFTXLVLWLRQ WKH/('RQWKH6%6*ZLOOEOLQNJUHHQ DIWHUWKHVDWHOOLWH VVLJQDOVKDYHEHHQDFTXLUHG WKH/('ZLOOEHFRPHVROLGJUHHQDQGWKH*36 VLJQDOVWUHQJWKGLVSOD\RQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUZLOO VKRZWKUHHEDUV 0RYLQJWKHPRGHOEHIRUHWKHVDWHOOLWHVDUHIXOO\ DFTXLUHG ZLOO FDXVH D GHOD\ LQ DFTXLULQJ WKH VDWHOOLWHVLJQDO < Linkage menu > 107 'LVSOD\LQJGDWDIURPWKHVSHHG Telemetry : GPS [Speed] 7KHVSHHGVFUHHQGLVSOD\VDQGVHWVWKHVSHHGGDWDIURPDQ *A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 6%6**36VHQVRUVROGVHSDUDWHO\ 7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLUFUDIWGXULQJÀ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ŏ7DSWKH>*36@EXWWRQLQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQWRFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Speed ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the speed reaches above your set value. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the speed reaches below your set value. Sets the speed on which the alarm operates. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Reference and Distance mode work in conjunction with Distance discussed on the previous two pages. "Vibrator" type Alarm setting when speed increases 7DS $ODUP DQG FKRRVH IURP %X]]HU 9RLFH DQG ,QKLELW &KRRVH,QKLELWIRU9LEUDWRULIQRtXVLQJWKHYLEUDWRU DODUP ,I XVLQJ YLEUDWRU FKRRVH RQH RI WKH WKUHH W\SHV 7DS/LPLW>[[[NPK@ $GMXVW WKH UDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ ʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHŃNPKŅNPK $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHNPKaNPK Ń/LPLW≧Ņ/LPLW :KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGIRURQHVHFRQGWKHUDWHLVUHVHW WRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 7R WHUPLQDWH WKH LQSXW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWHSXVKWKH+20((;,7EXWWRQ 108 < Linkage menu > If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Speed alarm precaution 6LQFH WKH *36 VSHHG VHQVRU GLVSOD\V WKH JURXQG VSHHG LW FDQQRWEHXVHGDVDVWDOODODUP)RUH[DPSOHDQDLUFUDIWWKDW VWDOOVDWNPKZLOOVWDOOLIWKHWDLOZLQGLVNPKRUJUHDWHU HYHQ WKURXJK NPK LV GLVSOD\HG E\ JURXQG VSHHG ,Q DGGLWLRQZLWKDQDLUFUDIWWKDWZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGÀLJKWDW NPKDWDQRYHUVSHHGDODUPZKHQWKHKHDGZLQGUHDFKHV NPKWKHDLUSODQHZLOOGLVLQWHJUDWHLQPLGDLUGXHWRRYHU VSHHGLQJHYHQDWDJURXQGVSHHGRINPK Telemetry : GPS [Altitude, Variometer, Position] *A GPS sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 7KH$OWLWXGH 9DULRPHWHU 3RVLWLRQ VFUHHQ GLVSOD\V DQG VHWV WKH GDWD IURP DQ 6%6* *36VHQVRUVROGVHSDUDWHO\ 7KH *36 VHQVRU LV QHFHVVDU\ DQG LV VROG VHSDUDWHO\ 0RXQW DQG FRQQHFW WKH VHQVRU LQ DFFRUGDQFH ZLWK WKH VHQVRU LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO ,WFDQQRWEHXVHGLQ)$667PRGHDQG6)+66PRGH 2QO\ UHFHLYHU YROWDJH DQG (;7 YROWDJH FDQ EH XVHG LQ )$667HVW&+PRGH 7KH)$667HVW&+7)+66PRGHFDQXVHDOOWKHWHOHPHWU\ IXQFWLRQV ŏ 6HOHFW >*36@ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\ VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Altitude Variometer Refer to the former page for a setup about Altitude and Variometer. This indicates the receiving accuracy from a GPS Satellite. When three bars are displayed, the GPS is ready for use. The position of the present model is displayed. ŤƏƗƌƗƘƇƈ ŹƄƕƌƒƐƈƗƈƕ ƓƒƖƌƗƌƒƑ < Linkage menu > 109 Telemetry : Servo sensor [Current] 7KH 6%66 FDQ PRQLWRU DQG GLVSOD\ WKH *Servo sensor must be installed in the aircraft. LQIOLJKW FXUUHQW RSHUDWLQJ DQJOH DQG LQWHUQDO WHPSHUDWXUHRIXSWRWZR6%86VHUYRV ,I\RXIRUJHWWRFRQQHFWWKHVHUYRZLULQJGXULQJ IXVHODJHDVVHPEO\RUWKHVHUYRZDVGLVFRQQHFWHG DQDODUPFDQEHDFWLYDWHGDWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU Tap here and go to the Servo 2 settings page. (Display and settings content is the same as Servo 1.) ŏ 6HOHFW >6HUYR VHQVRU@ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\ VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Tapping this will take you to the settings screen for the current alarm Tapping this and selecting "Buzzer" will cause the device to sound an alarm when servos are not connected. Tapping this and selecting "Each type" will cause the device to vibrate when servos are not connected. When the Alarm or Vibrator options are activated, the servo connection will display. *This alarm and display is limited to the S.BUS servos connected to the servo sensors. ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the current reaches above your set value. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the current reaches below your set value. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. 110 < Linkage menu > Sets the current on which the alarm operates. Vibrator is choices are type1-3, and Inhibit. Initial value: ↑ 10.0A ↓ 0.0A Adjustment range 0.0A 10.0A ( ↑ Limit ≧ ↓ Limit) Telemetry : Servo sensor [Temperature] [Angle] *Servo sensor must be installed in the aircraft. ŏ 6HOHFW >6HUYR VHQVRU@ LQ WKH 7HOHPHWU\ VFUHHQ DQG DFFHVV WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX ● Temperature ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the temperature reaches above your set value. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the temperature reaches below your set value. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Sets the temperature on which the alarm operates. Vibrator choices are type1-3, and Inhibit. Initial value: ↑ 115℃↓ -10℃ Adjustment range -10℃ 115℃ ( ↑ Limit ≧ ↓ Limit) ● Angle ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the angle reaches above your set value. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the angle reaches below your set value. Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. Sets the angle on which the alarm operates. Vibrator choices are type1-3, and Inhibit. Initial value: ↑ +180.0° ↓ -180.0° Adjustment range -180.0° +180.0° ( ↑ Limit ≧ ↓ Limit) < Linkage menu > 111 Telemetry : Current sensor [Current] 7KH 6%6& KDV WKH FDSDELOLW\ RI PHDVXULQJ FXUUHQWYROWDJHDQGFDSDFLW\FRQVXPSWLRQIURP GULYHEDWWHU\DOODWWKHVDPHWLPH *Current sensor must be installed in the aircraft. 'ULYH (6& %DWWHU\ 0RWRU WR5HFHLYHU 6%6& ŏ6HOHFW>&XUUHQW@LQWKH7HOHPHWU\VFUHHQDQG DFFHVVWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Tapping this will take you to the settings screen for the current alarm Max. and min. values since the power was turned ON will display. Tapping this will take you to the settings screen for the voltage alarm Tapping this will take you to the settings screen for the consumption capacity alarm The consumption capacity is indicated. It isn't the present battery capacity. ◆ Alarm setting ↑ An upward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the current reaches above your set value. Sets the current on which the alarm operates. ↓ A downward arrow indicates the alarm will sound when the current reaches below your set value. Allows Speech to be turned ON or OFF. "Vibrator" type Alarm is chosen from Buzzer, Voice, and Inhibit. If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 112 < Linkage menu > Tele. setting 6SHHFKLQWHUYDOVHWGDWDORJJLQJRIWHOHPHWU\ 6HWWKHVSHHFKLQWHUYDORIWHOHPHWU\GDWDDQGWKH ORJJLQJRIWHOHPHWU\GDWDWRDQ6'FDUGDWFKRVHQ LQWHUYDOV 7HOHPHWU\GDWDFDQEHFKHFNHGRQ\RXU3&DIWHU DÀLJKW ŏ7DSWKH>7HOHVHWWLQJ@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQX WRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Sets the speech interval ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX Initial value: 0 sec. Adjustment range 0-30 sec. Telemetry data log function Telemetry data has been adapted to the log function which is recorded at the SD card. 【Setting method】 ① Open the linkage menu Tele. setting screen. ② Log recording can be started and stopped by operating a switch. The Logging switch is selected. ③ The log output interval can be set. * The data to be recorded is updated at the time set by Linkage menu → System Type screen D/L interval. For example, when the log output interval is 1 second and the D/L interval is 2 seconds the same data is overlapped and recorded twice. 【Operation method】 ① Insert the SD card into the card slot. ② Set the switch set by Log Start/Stop Switch to ON. A beep sounds and a log file is created and recording of the telemetry data begins. Absolutely never remove the SD card while log data is being recorded. ③ Set the switch set by Logging switch to OFF. A beeping sound is generated and recording of the telemetry data stops. ④ Turn off the transmitter power and remove the SD card. ■ Log file A log file is created in the SD card LOG folder. Two files with the same filename, but a different extension are created. (Example: 00001234.FLI, 00001234.FLD) ■ Extension FLI: Slot allocation information file ■ Extension FLD: Log data file *When copying or moving a log file, always select both the .FLI file and .FLD file. Log files can be converted to CSV format by using the telemetry log converter available at the Futaba website. ■ Notes ◇ Altimeter altitude data and GPS distance and altitude data output with the point that time logging started as the reference (0m). When the transmitter preset position and the log start position are different, the transmitter display and the log data display will also be different. The altitude and distance from the take-off position can be recorded by starting logging immediately after take-off. ◇ The transmitter gear ratio or number of fins setting is not reflected in the speedometer log data (speed). Multiply the gear ratio or number of fins by the speed data. ◇ When the SD card becomes full, recording stops and does not resume even if logging is restarted. < Linkage menu > 113 Telemetry Alarm Duration and Repeat time The repeat time and duration time for the telemetry alarm (buzzer, vibration and speech) can be set. ŏ 7DS WKH >7HOHPHWU\ 6HWWLQJ@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQXWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ Duration is not displayed when Repeat is INH. Duration It is an alarm output time. Setting range:1 s ∼ 30 s Initial value:INH Repeat It is a repeat time of an alarm output. Setting range:INH,1 s ∼ 240 s Initial value:INH Duration value has to be less than repeat value. Duration time is extended when the other alarm event occurs. žŧƘƕƄƗƌƒƑŃƄƑƇŃŵƈƓƈƄƗŃƗƌƐƈŃƉƒƕŃŷƈƏƈƐƈƗƕƜŃŤƏƄƕƐƀ e.g. Repeat time is 8 seconds and Duration time is 5 seconds. Repeat time 8s Alarm output ON Duration time 5s 114 < Linkage menu > OFF ON OFF ON OFF 7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ Trainer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ŏ6HWWLQJGDWDDUHVWRUHGWRPRGHOGDWD ŏ6WXGHQWUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHGDW0,;)81& 1250PRGH ŏ$FWLYDWHGVWXGHQWFKDQQHOVFDQEHVHOHFWHG E\VZLWFKHV Note:7KLVWUDLQHUV\VWHPFDQEHXVHGLQWKHIROORZLQJ PDQQHU :LWK WKH 76= WUDQVPLWWHU DQG D FRQYHQWLRQDO WUDQVPLWWHU LI WKH FKDQQHO RUGHU LV GLIIHUHQW LW LV QHFHVVDU\WRPDWFKWKHFKDQQHORUGHUEHIRUHXVLQJWKLV IXQFWLRQ <RXFDQVHOHFWWKHFKDQQHORILQSXWGDWDIURPVWXGHQW V WUDQVPLWWHULQWKH)81&RU0,;PRGH :KHQWKH76=LVXVHGDVWKHLQVWUXFWRU¶VWUDQVPLWWHU VHWWKHPRGXODWLRQPRGHRIWKHVWXGHQW¶VWUDQVPLWWHUWR 330 ,IEHLQJXVHGDVWKHVWXGHQW76=FDQEHFRQQHFWHGWR WKHLQVWUXFWRU VWUDQVPLWWHUZKLFKUHTXLUHVWKHVWXGHQW V PRGHWREH33076=DOZD\VVHQGV330PRGHVLJQDO IURPWKHWUDLQHUMDFN ,QWKHFDVHRIVWXGHQW VWUDQVPLWWHUVRWKHUWKDQ*+] %H VXUH WKDW DOO FKDQQHOV ZRUN FRUUHFWO\ LQ ERWK WUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÀ\LQJ Corresponding types of transmitters and trainer mode settings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inkage menu > 115 ŏ7DSWKH>7UDLQHU@EXWWRQLQWKH/LQNDJHPHQXWRFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX :hen using at the student side :hen using at the teacher side 6HOHFWWKHPRGH 6HOHFWWKHPRGH :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH PRGH WDS WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJHDQGFKDQJHWKHPRGHXVLQJWKHźźźŸ ŸŸEXWWRQV7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV7DSWKHVFUHHQWRFKDQJH WKHPRGH :KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH PRGH WDS WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJHDQGFKDQJHWKHPRGHXVLQJWKHźźźŸ ŸŸ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·W EH WXUQHG RQXQOHVVWKH,QVWUXFWRU VWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHV VLJQDOV IURP WKH VWXGHQW V WUDQVPLWWHU %H VXUH WR FRQILUP WKLV DIWHU FRQQHFWLQJ \RXU WUDLQHUFDEOH 116 < Linkage menu > 6HOHFWWKHRSHUDWLQJPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO Trainer student channel setting function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ʈʈʈ ʆ ʆʆ EXWWRQ WR 7DS WKH >5DWH@ LWHP RI WKHFKDQQHO 6HWWLQJUDQJHa ,QLWLDOYDOXH :KHQWKHYDOXHLVWDSSHGWKHUDWHLVUHVHWWRWKHLQLWLDOYDOXH 6HWWKHVZLWFKRIHDFKFKDQQHO :KHQVHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKDWHDFKFKDQQHOWDSWRWKH6: LWHP RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH FDOO WKH VZLWFK VHWXSVFUHHQDQGVHOHFWWKHVZLWFK $OZD\V21 6$a6+ 7KH VZLWFK ZKLFK HQDEOHV VWXGHQW VLGHRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG6HH6ZLWFK VHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO IRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV < Linkage menu > 117 0L[LQJZDUQLQJQRUPDOUHVHW Warning setting 7KHZDUQLQJGLVSOD\DWSRZHU21FDQEHWXUQHG 212))IRUHDFKIXQFWLRQ8VHE\VHWWLQJIXQFWLRQV ZKLFKPD\EHGDQJHURXVLIRSHUDWHGDWSRZHU21 WR21,QLWLDOVHWWLQJLVDOO21%X]]HU ŏ 7DS WKH >:DUQLQJ VHWWLQJ@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX WR FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR /LQNDJHPHQX The settings can be changed individually. When set to [Inhibit], a warning is not displayed at power ON. "Vibrator" type If the following types are selected, the transmitter will vibrate during the warning. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 WARNING It is extremely dangerous to unnecessarily inhibit essential warnings. ■Careless spinning of propellers or rotors poses a danger of serious injury or death. 118 < Linkage menu > 2ULJLQDOPHQXVFUHHQPDNLQJ User menu setting 76=KDVDPHQXIRUHDFKRIWKHIROORZLQJ 6\VWHP /LQNDJH DQG 0RGHO $OVR \RX FDQ FUHDWHDSHUVRQDOL]HG8VHUPHQXWKDWFDQLQFOXGH DOORIWKHPHQXVWKDW\RXXVHPRVWRIWHQ $Q\FKDQJHPDGHWRGDWDHQWHUHGIURPWKH8VHUPHQXRU IURPWKHQRUPDOPHWKRGRIXVHDUHWKHVDPH&KDQJHVPDGH LQHLWKHUZD\DUHVDYHGLQWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\ ŏ 7DS WKH >8VHU PHQX VHWWLQJ@ EXWWRQ LQ WKH /LQNDJH PHQX WR FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Tap here to select your first choice. Once pressed, 3 pages of choices will be displayed. When "---" is chosen, it can be deleted. Make your selection, press your choice and the first of your "User menu" will be entered. How to call a User menu )URPWKHKRPHVFUHHQSUHVVWKH80(18021EXWWRQ From the home screen HOME screen Press the U.MENU/MON. Function can be called by a tap < Linkage menu > 119 Data reset 0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHWE\LWHP 7KLVIXQFWLRQLVGHVLJQHGWRDOORZ\RXWRUHVHW VHOHFWHG SRUWLRQV RU DOO RI WKH VHWWLQJV VDYHG LQ WKH DFWLYH PRGHO PHPRU\<RX PD\ LQGLYLGXDOO\ FKRRVHWRUHVHWWKHIROORZLQJVHWVRIGDWD Trim (All condition): Model menu setting: 5HVHWV DOO WKH IXQFWLRQV LQ WKH 0RGHO PHQX H[FHSWFRQGLWLRQVHOHFW All model setting: 5HVHWWKHGLJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJ 5HVHWV DOO /LQNDJH DQG 0RGHO PHQX IXQFWLRQV H[FHSWIRUIUHTXHQF\PRGHOVHOHFWDQGPRGHOW\SH $OOWKHFRQGLWLRQVRUWKHFRQGLWLRQFXUUHQWO\EHLQJGLVSOD\HG WKHHQWLUHJURXSIRUJURXSVHWWLQJFDQEHVHOHFWHG 7KHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWULPUDWHDUHQRWUHVHW Function Name: Trim (Current and Group condition): $IXQFWLRQQDPHLVUHVHW Telemetry: 5HVHWWKHGLJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJ 5HVHWWKHWHOHPHWU\VHWWLQJ &XUUHQWFRQGLWLRQJURXSFRQGLWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG 7KHWULPVWHSDPRXQWDQGWULPUDWHDUHQRWUHVHW ŏ 6HOHFW >'DWD UHVHW@ DW WKHOLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR/LQNDJHPHQX Data resetting method 7DS WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR UHVHW DQG WDS WKHVFUHHQ $FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV ([HFXWHUHVHWE\WDSSLQJWKH<HV CAUTION Never engage the Data reset function while the engine is starting or the motor drive wiring is connected. ■ Sudden, abrupt spinning of propellers or rotors is extremely dangerous. 120 < Linkage menu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hrottle Reverse ■ Only the throttle channel (CH3) initial setting is REV (reverse). Thoroughly check the Hi and Low directions of the engine or motor used and be careful that they do not suddenly run at full speed. Even after data reset, CH3 is reversed. MODEL MENU (Common functions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ote: The T16SZ is designed so that the airplane and glider model types are compatible with aircraft of similar type wings. This section outlines the relationship between the functions common to airplanes and gliders, except some dedicated functions, and model type. The setting items depend on the number of servos and other differences according to the wing type used, but reread them. The setup screens in the instruction manual are typical examples. Tap this icon to go to the model menu. ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ name and return to the Home screen. Program.mixes 0RGHOPHQXVFUHHQH[DPSOH 7KH0RGHOPHQXVFUHHQ GHSHQGVRQWKHPRGHOW\SH ŰƒƇƈƏŃƐƈƑƘŃŋŦƒƐƐƒƑŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŌŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ >6HUYRPRQLWRU@'LVSOD\VWKHVHUYRWHVWDQGRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQĺLinkage menu referring >&RQGLWLRQVHOHFW@)OLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGGLWLRQGHOHWLRQFRS\FRQGLWLRQUHQDPLQJDQGFRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQ EHVHW >$)5@6HWVWKHDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIDOOWKHRSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQV >'XDOUDWH@'5FXUYHZKLFKFDQEHVZLWFKHGZLWKDVZLWFKHWFFDQDOVREHDGGHG >3URJUDPPL[HV@3URJUDPPL[LQJZKLFKFDQEHIUHHO\FXVWRPL]HG8SWRPL[HVFDQEHXVHGIRUHDFK FRQGLWLRQ < Model menu (Common Functions) > 121 Condition select Flight condition's addition, deletion, copy, condition renaming, and condition delay can be set. [All model types] 7KHIXQFWLRQVLQWKH0RGHOPHQXFDQEHXVHGE\ VZLWFKLQJWKHVHWWLQJVRIXSWRIOLJKWFRQGLWLRQV E\XVLQJWKH&RQGLWLRQVHOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKW FRQGLWLRQV$GGFRQGLWLRQVDVUHTXLUHG :KHQ \RX GR QRW ZDQW WR XVH WKH &RQGLWLRQ VHOHFWIXQFWLRQWKLVVHWWLQJLVXQQHFHVVDU\,QWKLV FDVH XVH WKH IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQV DVVLJQHG DW LQLWLDO VHWWLQJ ŏ6LQFHVZLWFKLQJE\VWLFNDQGOHYHUSRVLWLRQLQ addition to ordinary toggle switch, is possible as the flight condition selector switch, this IXQFWLRQFDQEHOLQNHGZLWKRWKHURSHUDWLRQV ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW Unnecessary fuselage motion generated when there are sudden changes in the servo positions and when there are variations in the operating time between channels during condition switching can be suppressed. The delay can be set for each channel. When setting the delay function at the switching destination condition, the related function changes after a delay corresponding to the set amount. ŏ :KHQ PXOWLSOH FRQGLWLRQV ZHUH VHW WKHLU operation priority can be freely changed. ŏ 7KH FRQGLWLRQ QDPH FDQ EH FKDQJHG 7KH selected condition name is displayed on the screen. When a condition has been added, give it a name which can be easily FRQÀUPHG ŏ6HOHFW>&RQGLWLRQVHOHFW@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG call the setup screen shown below. Currently selected condition name Conditions List Condition Renaming Condition Addition 1. Select the condition by tapping the condition you ZDQW WR UHQDPH LQ &RQGLWLRQV List. 2. Tap the [Rename] button. 3. Enter the new name from the NH\ERDUG ZKLFK DSSHDUV RQ the screen. :KHQWKHNH\ERDUG>&RQGLWLRQ QDPH@NH\LVWDSSHGWKHQHZ name is registered. 1. When the [Add] button is tapped, the &RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWVFUHHQDSSHDUV 2QO\WKHQXPEHURIEXWWRQVFRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKH FRQGLWLRQVZKLFKFDQEHDGGHGDUHGLVSOD\HG 2. Select the desired conditions by tapping the buttons. 7KHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQVDUHDGGHGWR&RQGLWLRQV /LVW 3. Tap the [--] button to call the <Switch> screen. 4. Select the switch to be used in condition switching. (See "Switch selection method" at the end of this manual for selection method details.) 7KH &RQGLWLRQ GDWD IRU WKH DGGHG conditions is copied. 122 < Model menu (Common Functions) > Currently selected condition name The ON/OFF switch of condition is chosen. Conditions List Condition Copy Condition Remove 7DS WKH >&RS\@ EXWWRQ 7KH &RS\ VFUHHQ appears. 2. Select the condition by tapping the button of the copy source conditions. 3. Next, select the condition by tapping the copy destination condition. 7DSWKH>&RS\@EXWWRQ 5. When the [Yes] button is tapped, the data is copied. (To abort copying, tap the [No] button.) 1. Select the condition by tapping the condition you ZDQW WR UHVHW LQ &RQGLWLRQV List. 2. Tap the [Remove] button. 3. When the [Yes] button is tapped, the condition is reset. (To abort resetting, tap the [No] button.) Last condition has the highest priority ● Group/single mode switching (Gr./Sngl) (For a description of the operation method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Priority change 1. Tap the condition whose priority you want to change LQ&RQGLWLRQV/LVW &KDQJH WKH SULRULW\ ZLWK WKH priority [ ] or [ ] button. (The last condition has the highest priority.) *The initial setting condition cannot be moved. It has the lowest priority. Condition delay setting 1. Switch to the condition you want to set. 7DSWKH'HOD\EXWWRQRIWKHFKDQQHO\RX want to set. 3. Use the value input buttons to set the delay. ŏ,QLWLDOYDOXH ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\ < Model menu (Common Functions) > 123 AFR The angle and curve of each operation function can be set. [All model types] $)5 IXQFWLRQ LV XVHG WR DGMXVW WKH WKURZ DQG RSHUDWLRQ FXUYH RI WKH VWLFN OHYHU DQG VZLWFK IXQFWLRQVIRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ Rate 100% ŏ 2SHUDWLRQ FXUYH DGMXVWPHQW 7KUHH W\SHV of curves (EXP1, EXP2, and Point) can be VHOHFWHG$PD[LPXPSRLQWVFXUYHFDQEH used for the point curve type. (Initial setting: 9 points) The number of points can also be increased and decreased and curves from complex curves to simple curves can be used. ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW7KHRSHUDWLRQ speed of each function when the function is operated (including at flight condition VZLWFKLQJ FDQ EH DGMXVWHG 7KH IXQFWLRQ operates smoothly at a constant speed corresponding to the set speed. Rate 40% When D/R is turned ON, the display will show "D/R----", and the rudder angle (rate) and EXP can be set when D/R is ON. 7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHG WKHPD[LPXPWKURZ:KHQPL[LQJLVDSSOLHGIURP RQH FKDQQHO WR DQRWKHU FKDQQHO ERWK FKDQQHOV FDQEHDGMXVWHGDWWKHVDPHWLPHE\DGMXVWLQJWKH RSHUDWLRQUDWHWKURXJKWKH$)5IXQFWLRQ ŏ6HOHFW >$)5@DWWKHPRGHO PHQXDQG FDOO the setup screen shown below. Curve select EXP1, EXP2, Point curve ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Curve select Separately ⇔ Combination (Left and right symmetrical curve.) Left/right, Up/down, overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B ● Operation curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Function selection 1. When the function select button is tapped, a selection screen appears. 2. Select the function you want to set at the selection screen. ● Group/single mode switch (Gr./Sngl) (For more information, see the description at the back of this manual.) ● Servo speed setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) 124 < Model menu (Common Functions) > Dual rate 100% '5 FXUYHV ZKLFK FDQ EH VZLWFKHG E\ VZLWFK HWFFDQEHDGGHG7KHFXUYHFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\WKH $)5IXQFWLRQ ŏ 8SWRUDWHVFDQEHDGGHGIRUHDFK condition. ŏ '5LVVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQDQGLVQRW UHÁHFWHGDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV ŏ '5DWWKHWRSRIWKH'5OLVWKDVSULRULW\ 40% ŏ6HOHFW>'XDOUDWH@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX The ON/OFF switch of dual rate is chosen. Activate the D/R function by tapping the [INH] . Rate, EXP settings are on AFR function When the function select button is tapped, a selection screen appears. Select the function you want to set at the selection screen. ● Setting rudder angle, EXP On this D/R screen you can set functions and switchover switches. Rudder angle (rate) and EXP settings are performed on the AFR screen when the D/R switch is ON. < Model menu (Common Functions) > 125 Program. mixes 3URJUDP PL[LQJ ZKLFK FDQ EH IUHHO\ FXVWRPL]HG 8S WR mixings can be used for each condition. [All model types] 3URJUDPPDEOH PL[LQJ PD\ EH XVHG WR FRUUHFW XQGHVLUHGWHQGHQFLHVRIWKHDLUFUDIWDQGLWPD\DOVR EHXVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿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ŏ7DSWKH>3URJPL[HV@EXWWRQLQWKH0RGHOPHQXWRFDOO the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Group/single mode switch (Gr./Sngl) (For more information, see the description at the back of this manual.) After this function is activated, the master and slave function names (or offset mixing) are displayed. Mixing/Offset mode switch ● Operation curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Activate the function by tapping the [INH] . Trim mode setting ON/OFF. The ON/OFF switch of prog. mixes is chosen. Master function (or Stick, Switch, Dial) is chosen. Slave function is chosen. Servo speed setting 126 < Model menu (Common Functions) > Fine tuning trim setting The on time (start/stop time) can be set up to 4 seconds. It is useful for landing gear control of the jet or scale plane, etc. Setting methods ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ Activating functions for only the selected conditions: 7DSWKH>*U@EXWWRQDQGVZLWFKWRWKH>6QJO@ mode. (DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQWKH*U DQG6QJOPRGHV ŏ0L[LQJPRGHVHOHFWLRQ Using the offset mode: 7DS WKH 0RGH EXWWRQ DQG VZLWFK WR WKH 2IIVHWPRGH (DFK WLPH WKH EXWWRQ LV WDSSHG LW WRJJOHV EHWZHHQ WKH 0L[LQJDQG2IIVHWPRGHV ŏ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ 7RWXUQWKHWULPPRGH212))WDSWKH7ULP button on the screen. :KHQPL[LQJLQFOXGHVPDVWHUVLGHWULPVHWWKH7ULPEXWWRQ WR>21@:KHQPL[LQJGRHVQRWLQFOXGHPDVWHUVLGHWULPVHW WKH7ULPEXWWRQWR>2))@ (DFKWLPHWKLVEXWWRQLVSUHVVHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ>21@ DQG>2))@ 7KLVLVHIIHFWLYHZKHQWKHPDVWHUFKDQQHOLVVHWE\)XQFWLRQ ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHW\SHVHOHFWLRQ 1. Tap the curve type selection button of the curve type you want to use to display the selection screen. Then, select the curve you want to use. )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ0L[LQJVHWXSVFUHHQVHOHFWLRQ 1. Tap the button of the mixing you want to set. The mixing setup screen is displayed. Activate the function. 2. Activate the function by tapping the [INH] button. ŏ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ 1. When using the curve fine tuning function, tap the [--] button of the Fine Tuning item to call the <Switch> screen and then select the lever, VR, etc. you want to use. (DFKWLPHWKLVEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ>,1+@ DQG>212))@ )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKH¿QHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH WKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ0L[LQJ 212)) VZLWFK VHWWLQJ DQG 212)) direction switching ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ 1. When setting the servo speed, tap the speed button. The Servo speed setup screen is displayed. $Q 212)) VZLWFK LV QRW VHW HYHQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ LV DFWLYDWHG :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR WXUQ PL[LQJ 212)) E\ switch, tap the [--] button to call the <Switch> VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21 direction. )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH >6ZLWFK VHWWLQJPHWKRG@DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ0DVWHU FKDQQHO VHWWLQJ H[FHSW RIIVHW W\SH mixing) 7DS WKH 0DVWHU EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH )XQFWLRQ menu and select the master channel. 7R OLQN WKLV PL[LQJ ZLWK RWKHU PL[LQJ WDS WKH /LQNEXWWRQ )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVHUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHHWKH GHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO 2IIVHW PL[LQJ FKDQJHV WKH VSHHG 8VH WKH 6SHHG ,Q DQG 6SHHG2XWEXWWRQVWRUHDGMXVWWKHVSHHG 7KHPL[LQJVZLWFKFDQVHWDGHOD\ZLWKDGLIIHUHQWUDWHDW VWDUWLQJDQGVWRSSLQJ 7KLVIXQFWLRQLVLQDFWLYHZKHQDPL[LQJVZLWFKLVQRWVHW (DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVWDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQDQGDQG2))QROLQN 0DVWHUFKDQQHOFRQWUROFDQEHVHWWRVWLFN95DQGRWKHU VLPSOHWUDYHOVZKLFKGRQRWLQFOXGH(QGSRLQW$)5'5 PL[LQJVHWWLQJHWF,QWKLVFDVHGLVSOD\WKH)XQFWLRQ+ :!VFUHHQE\WDSSLQJWKH>6WLFN6ZLWFK'LDO@EXWWRQDQG WKHQVHOHFWPDVWHUFKDQQHOVLGHFRQWURO ŏ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ 1. Tap the Slave button to call the Function menu and select the slave channel. 7R OLQN WKLV PL[LQJ ZLWK RWKHU PL[LQJ WDS WKH /LQNEXWWRQ (DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLVSUHVVHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQPL[LQJ GLUHFWLRQDQGDQG2))QROLQN < Model menu (Common Functions) > 127 MODEL MENU (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter functions) The dedicated mixes, etc. usable when airplane or glider model type is selected are displayed in this Model menu functions section. First use the Model type function of the Linkage menu to preset the model type, wing type, and tail type matched to the fuselage used. Other settings reset the data used in mixing function, etc. These dedicated mixes can be set for each flight condition, as required. When you want to use the system by switching the settings for each condition by switch or stick position, use the &RQGLWLRQVHOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV (Up to 8 conditions can be used) Note: The T16SZ is designed so that the airplane and glider model types can handle aircraft of the same wing type. The functions common to airplanes and gliders, except some dedicated functions, are summarized without regard to the model type. The setting items are different, depending on the number of servos, etc. according to the wing type used. The setup screens in the instruction manual are typical examples. Tap this icon to go to the model menu. ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ name and return to the Home screen. (Model menu screen example) *The Model menu screen depends on the model type. ŰƒƇƈƏŃƐƈƑƘŃŋŤƌƕƓƏƄƑƈŒŪƏƌƇƈƕŒŰƘƏƗƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŌŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ Aileron differential This function adjusts the left and right ailerons. 5ROOD[LVFRUUHFWLRQDQG¿QHWXQLQJZLWKD95DUHDOVR possible. This is convenient when making settings GXULQJÀLJKW [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] Flap setting The flaps can be adjusted independently. For a 4 flaps model, the camber flaps can be mixed with the EUDNHÀDSV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@ AIL → Camber Àap This mix operates the camber flaps in the aileron mode. It improves the operation characteristic of the UROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@ AILĺ Brake Àap This mix operates the brake flaps in the aileron mode. It improves the operation characteristic of the UROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@ Aileronĺ Rudder This mix is used when you want to operate the rudder at aileron operation. Banking at a shallow bank angle is possible. [Airplane/glider, general] ElevatorĺCamber This mix is used when you want to the mix camber flaps with elevator operation. Lifting force can be increased at elevators up. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] 128 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Camber mixing Air brake This mix adjusts the camber and corrects the elevators. [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] Airbrakeĺ ELE This mix is used to correct operation of the airbrakes (spoilers) when landing. [Airplane/glider, general] Camber ÀapĺELE This mix is used to correct for attitude changes when the camber flaps are being used. [Airplane/glider, 2 DLOHURQVÀDSRUPRUH@ RudderĺAileron This function is used to correct roll knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane/glider, general] RudderĺElevator This function is used to correct roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane, general] ButterÀy (Crow) This function is used when powerful brake operation is necessary. [Glider, 2 ailerons or more] Trim mix 1/2 The ailerons, elevators, and flaps trim offset rate can be called by switch or condition selection. [Glider general] Snap roll This function selects the snap roll switch and adjusts the steering angle of each rudder. Servo speed can also be adjusted. [Airplane general] This function is used when airbrakes are necessary when landing or when diving, etc. during flight. [Airplane, general] Gyro This is a dedicated mix when a GYA Series gyro is used. [Airplane/glider/multicopter, general] Ailevator This function adjusts the elevators and ailerons of models with elevator specifications. [Airplane/glider, HOHYDWRUVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@ Acceleration Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden (OHYDWRU(OHYDWRUĺ&DPEHUDQG$LOĺ5XGGHU>*OLGHU general] Motor The operation speed when the motor of F5B and other EP gliders is started by switch can be set. [Airplane/glider, general] V-Tail This function adjusts the elevators and rudder of 9WDLOPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@ Winglet This function adjusts the left and right rudders of ZLQJOHWPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHWVSHFL¿FDWLRQV@ AIR BRAKE RUDDER 1 Winglet at Flying wing ( ) AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) FLP 3 (Brake Flap) FLP 1 (Camber Flap) V-TAIL ELEVATOR (RUDDER 2) FLP 4 (Brake Flap) AIL 2 (Main Aileron) FLP 2 (Camber Flap) RUDDER 2 Winglet at Flying wing ( ) AIL 4 (Chip Aileron) AILVATOR RUDDER (ELEVATOR 2) ELEVATOR (AILERON 5) ELEVATOR 2 (AILERON 6) < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 129 Aileron differential [Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] The left and right aileron differential can be adjusted independently. The differential rate can also be adjusted according to the flying state by VHWWLQJD¿QHWXQLQJ95 AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) ŏ6HOHFW>$LOHURQGLIIHUHQWLDO@DWWKHPRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX AIL 2 (Main Aileron) AIL 4 (Chip Aileron) Currently selected condition name Aileron differential Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) (For more information, see the description at the back of this manual.) Aileron left/right adjustment *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the Model Type. Fine tuning VR setting *The graph is operated by setting a VR, etc. Aileron differential ● Fine tuning VR operation curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Setting method ŏ7DS WR WKH DLOHURQ $,/ a OHIW RU ULJKW setting item. Adjust the aileron angles. ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ WKH ILQH WXQLQJ 95 WDS WKH item and tap the screen to call the selection VFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95 ŏ7KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH 130 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/ JOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH@ Flap setting The up/down travel of each flap (camber flaps: FLP1/2, brake flaps: FLP3/4) can be adjusted independently at each servo according to the wing type. ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH offset FLP 4 (Brake Flap) FLP 3 (Brake Flap) FLP 1 (Camber Flap) 7KHFDPEHUÀDSVRIDÀDSPRGHOFDQEHPL[HG ZLWKWKHEUDNHÀDSV%UDNH)/3WRFDPEHU)/3 FLP 2 (Camber Flap) ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW ŏ6HOHFW>)ODSVHWWLQJ@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG call the setup screen shown below. Currently selected condition name ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) (For more information, see the description at the back of this manual.) Up side/Down side adjustment Operation reference point offset Camber flap setting Brake flap setting Operation is performed via the volume switches, etc., set for each flap control of the function. The operational volume switch is set up by "Function" Mixing INH ⇔ ON Up side/Down side adjustment The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Operation reference point offset Brake flap to Camber flap setting Setting method ŏ7DSÁDS)/3aXSRUGRZQDFFRUGLQJWR the wing type. Adjust the travel independently. ŏ 7R RIIVHW WKH RSHUDWLRQ UHIHUHQFH SRLQW RI HDFKÁDSWDSWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJRIIVHWLWHP 8VHWKH ʈʈʈʆʆʆEXWWRQ WR RIIVHW the reference point. ŏ:KHQXVLQJEUDNH)/3WRFDPEHU)/3PL[LQJ *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the Model Type. WDSWKH>,1+@LWHPDQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ21LV GLVSOD\HG :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen. Then, select the switch and VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 131 AIL → Camber flap [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/ JOLGHUDLOHURQVÁDSVRUPRUH This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2) in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps perform aileron operation simultaneously and the operation characteristic of the roll axis is improved. ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR FDQEHÀQHWXQHG ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ń&DPEHU IODS@ DW WKH model menu and call the setup screen shown below. FLP 1 (Camber Flap) AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) FLP 2 (Camber Flap) AIL 2 (Main Aileron) AIL 4 (Chip Aileron) Currently selected condition name AIL ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Left/right overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B AIL Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Adjustment of each flap servo To set linking, tap to the [OFF] item Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRGVHHWKHWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ7DSWKHOHIWRUULJKWLWHPRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR Adjust the mixing rate. *When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate SRODULW\RU ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHWSDJH )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHPL[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJWDSWKH>/LQN@LWHP 6HWLWWR21DQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ 132 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/ JOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH AIL → Brake flap This mix operates the brake flaps (FLP3/4) in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick is manipulated, the aileron and brake flaps perform the aileron operation simultaneously and the operation characteristic of the roll axis is improved. ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWDQGULJKWPL[LQJUDWHVFDQEH DGMXVWHGIRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ń %UDNH IODS@ DW WKH PRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX FLP 4 (Brake Flap) AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) AIL 2 (Main Aileron) AIL 4 (Chip Aileron) Currently selected condition name AIL ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. FLP 3 (Brake Flap) Left/right overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B AIL Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Adjustment of each flap servo To set linking, tap to the [OFF] item ƔSetting method ŏ7DSWKH,1+LWHP 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP of the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRGVHHWKHDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ7DSWKHOHIWRUULJKWEXWWRQRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR Adjust the mixing rate. *When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, adjustments can be made by reversing the mixing rate SRODULW\RU ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJWDSWKH/LQNLWHP 6HWLWWR21DQGWDSWKHVFUHHQ < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 133 [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, general Aileron → Rudder Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders with aileron operation. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) RUDDER 1 Winglet at Flying wing ( AIL 2 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) RUDDER 2 Winglet at Flying wing ( ) ) V-TAIL RUDDER 2 RUDDER RUDDER ŏ 6HOHFW >$LOHURQń 5XGGHU@ DW WKH model menu and call the setup screen shown below. Aileron Rudder ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Currently selected condition name → ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Left/right overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B Aileron → Rudder Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) Fine tuning VR setting The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Operation mode Adjustment rate Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP of the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRGVHHWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WR WKH )LQH 7XQLQJ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH DGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH95RSHUDWLRQ mode can also be selected. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO >)LQHWXQLQJ95RSHUDWLRQPRGH@ >/,1@ 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5 :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH increases and decreases, respectively. >$7/@0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95 :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH increases. >$7/@ 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95 :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH increases. >6<0@:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU right of the neutral position, the mixing rate increases. 134 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Elevator → Camber [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more This function is used when you want to mix the FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG WKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\XSHOHYDWRUDQGOLIWFDQ be increased. ŏ6HOHFW>(OHYDWRUń&DPEHU@DWWKHPRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. Elevator → Camber ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Note: Tailless wing elevator can be operated when this mix is activated. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 Currently selected condition name Overall adjustment by Rate A and Rate B. Elevator → Camber The value inside the parentheses shows the current rudder position. Ailerons and flaps rate adjustment Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Elevator → Camber Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) Fine tuning VR setting The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Operation mode Adjustment rate Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH adjustment rate can be set. 7 K H 9 5 R S H U D W L R Q P R G H F D Q D O V R E H selected. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQDOVREHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 135 Camber mixing [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more This function adjusts the rate of camber operation which operates the wing camber (ailerons, camber flaps, brake flaps) in the negative and positive directions. The aileron, flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted independently by curve, and attitude changes caused by camber operation can be corrected. *Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS. ŏ7KHXSGRZQVLGHUDWHVRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQG HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\FXUYH:KHQ WKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHGE\WKHOLQNDJH adjustments can be made by changing the PL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ be set. ŏ7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUVHUYRV FDQEHVHW,QVLGH2XWVLGH ŏ6HOHFW>&DPEHUPL[LQJ@DWWKHPRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Currently selected condition name Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Servo speed setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Condition delay cut switch Condition delay setting ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Ailerons, flaps and elevators rate adjustment ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) 136 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Overall adjustment by Rate A and Rate B. Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP of the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D FRQGLWLRQ GHOD\ WDS WR WKH [Condition delay] item. Set the delay. &XUYHUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ ŏ 7KH FXUYH DQG UDWH DUH DGMXVWHG E\ FDOOLQJ the aileron, flap, and elevator curve/rate screens. The rate and curve of each servo can be set E\FDOOLQJHDFKVFUHHQ)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRI the curve setting method, see the description DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO The servo speed can also be adjusted. :KHQ VHWWLQJ D FXW VZLWFK WDS >&XWVZLWFK@ and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch and set its 21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FRQGLWLRQ GHOD\ IXQFWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ DWWKHEDFNRI WKLVPDQXDO FLP 4 FLP 3 (Brake Flap) (Brake Flap) FLP 1 FLP 2 (Camber Flap) (Camber Flap) AIL1 AIL 2 (Main Aileron) (Main Aileron) AIL 3 AIL 4 (Chip Aileron) (Chip Aileron) V-TAIL ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2 AILVATOR ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2 LS < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 137 Airbrake → ELE [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, general AIR BRAKE This mix is used when you want to mix the elevators with airbrake (spoiler) operation. It raises the elevators to correct for dropping of the nose during airbrake operation. *This function does not operate when airbrake is not assigned at the Function menu in the Linkage menu. ŏ7KH5DWHVLGH5DWHVLGHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH elevator servos can be adjusted. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 ŏ 6HOHFW >$LUEUDNHń (/(@ DW WKH PRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. AILVATOR V-TAIL ELEVATOR ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2 ELEVATOR 2 *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the model type. Currently selected condition name ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Up/Down overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) Adjustment of elevator servo The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Fine tuning setting Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WKH >@ LWHP RI the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen, and then select the switch DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21 DW VHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI this manual. ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH DGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH95RSHUDWLRQ mode can also be set. )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO 138 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Camber flap → ELE [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/ glider, DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH This mixing is used to correct changes (elevator GLUHFWLRQJHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHFDPEHUÀDSVVSHHG ÀDSVDUHXVHG ŏ7KHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVXSVLGHGRZQVLGHUDWHFDQEH DGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG E\WKHOLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\ FKDQJLQJWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU² ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 ŏ 6HOHFW >&DPEHU IODSń(/(@ DW WKH PRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX AILVATOR V-TAIL ELEVATOR FLP 2 (Camber Flap) ELEVATOR 2 ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2 Currently selected condition name Camber flap → ELE ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. FLP 1 (Camber Flap) Up/Down overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B Camber flap → ELE Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) Adjustment of elevator servo The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Fine tuning setting Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP of the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen. Then, select the switch and VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ7DSHOHYDWRUVHUYRV$GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWH *When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate polarity (+ or –). ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ item and tap the screen to call the selection VFUHHQ DQG WKHQ VHOHFW WKH 95 7KH 95 operation mode can be selected. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI WKLVPDQXDO < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 139 Rudder → Aileron [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, general This function is used when you want to mix the ailerons with rudder operation. It is used when rudder is applied during roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. It can be used to bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full size plane. ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 ( AIL1 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) RUDDER 1 Winglet at Flying wing AIL 2 (Main Aileron) AIL 3 (Chip Aileron) RUDDER 2 Winglet at Flying wing ) ( ) V-TAIL RUDDER 2 RUDDER RUDDER ŏ6HOHFW>5XGGHUń$LOHURQ@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX Currently selected condition name and call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Left/right overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. To set linking, tap to the [OFF] item Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP of the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen. Then, select the switch and VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRGVHHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WR WKH )LQH WXQLQJ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH adjustment rate can be set. Fine tuning setting 7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRGVHHWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ OLQNLQJ WDS WKH >/LQN@ LWHP 21 LV GLVSOD\HG 140 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Rudder → Elevator [Corresponding model type]: Airplane, general This function is used when you want to mix elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder is applied in roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of acrobatic planes. ŏ/LQNFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[LQJWRRWKHUPL[LQJV ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 )LQHWXQLQJ ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ 6HOHFW >5XGGHUń(OHYDWRU@ DW WKH model menu and call the setup screen shown below. Currently selected condition name ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) Up/Down overall adjustment at Rate A and Rate B Activate the function by tapping the [INH]. Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. To set linking, tap to the [OFF] item Fine tuning setting Setting method ŏ7DS>,1+@ 21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP of the switch and tap the screen to call the selection screen. Then, select the switch and VHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 WDS WKH )LQH WXQLQJ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH957KH adjustment rate can be set. 7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI WKLVPDQXDO ŏ :KHQ OLQNLQJ WDS WKH >/LQN@ LWHP 21 LV GLVSOD\HG < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 141 Butterfly [Corresponding model type]: Glider, 2 ailerons or more This function allows powerful brake operation by simultaneously raising the left and right ailerons and lowering the flaps (camber flap, EUDNHÀDS This setting will allow the ailerons to be raised while the flaps are simultaneously lowered. Butterfly (crow) produces an extremely efficient landing configuration by accomplishing the following: 1. Slow the aircraft’s velocity. 3URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH the tendency to tip stall. 3. Create more lift toward the center of the ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG When using this function, Tap [INH]. (ON is displayed.) ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ ŏ7KHEXWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEH RIIVHW:KHQWKHVFUHHQLVWDSSHGZLWKWKHRIIVHW item selected when operated to the position to EHFKDQJHGWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLVRIIVHW,IWKH reference point is offset too much, unexpected operation may be performed. ŏ7KHDLOHURQVDQGÁDSVRSHUDWLRQVSHHGFDQEH DGMXVWHG,QVLGH2XWVLGH ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ also be set. ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG *When servo binding occurs when setting the ailerons and ÀDSVLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJXVHWKH$)5IXQFWLRQWRDGMXVWWKH rate. *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the model type. ŏ 6HOHFW >%XWWHUIO\@ DW WKH PRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. To next page In speed Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. / Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. Out speed Condition delay setting Condition delay cut switch The differential rate can be adjusted. (First)0 ∼ 27 (Slowly) *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the Model Type. When offsetting the butterfly operation reference point, operate to the throttle stick point you want to change and then touch the Offset button. The reference point displays 0%. When [Yes] is touched, the reference point is changed. Then, "Initialize elevator curve?" appears, allowing you to confirm your setting. 142 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Select the Mixing Rate AIL and FLP box. Adjust the mixing rates. Elevator rate adjustment (To elevator curve setup screen) (Elevator correction rate setup screen) The offset position is indicated by a red dotted line by an elevator curve. Overall adjustment by Rate A and Rate B Mixing curve setting *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. FLP 4 FLP 3 (Brake Flap) (Brake Flap) FLP 1 FLP 2 (Camber Flap) (Camber Flap) AIL1 AIL 2 (Main Aileron) (Main Aileron) AIL 3 AIL 4 (Chip Aileron) (Chip Aileron) V-TAIL ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2 AILVATOR ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 143 [Corresponding model type]: Glider, general Trim mix 1/2 These functions call the ailerons, elevators, and ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSVEUDNHÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHV SUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWH The amount of ailerons, elevator, and flaps FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDSWULPRIIVHWFDQEHVHWWR a switch. As an example Trim mix 1 can be set up for ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURSSHG and a slight amount of up elevator. Trim mix 2 can be used for high speed flying, with both DLOHURQVDQGVSHHGÀDSVUHÀH[HGVOLJKWO\DQGDELW of down elevator. The trim functions can be activated during ÀLJKWE\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK7RSUHYHQWVXGGHQWULP FKDQJHVZKHQVZLWFKLQJÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\ can be set to provide a smooth transition between the two. Trim mix 2 will have priority over Trim mix 1. Example 0RYHWRWKH>,1+@LWHP. Set the trim mix function to >21@ *When separating the settings for each condition, move to the [Group] item and set it to [Single]. 6HOHFWWKH212))VZLWFK 3. Select the [Manual] or [Auto] mode. ,QWKH>$XWR@PRGHDOVRVHOHFWDQDXWR6:7KLV VZLWFKFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFNHWF <Speed> ,Q7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGDWVZLWFK21FDQEHVHW 2XW7KHUHWXUQVSHHGDWVZLWFK2))FDQEHVHW )LQH7XQLQJ! 7KHRIIVHWUDWHFDQEHYDULHGLQWKH)LQH7XQLQJ QXPHULFUDQJHVHWDWVFUHHQE\95HWFVHOHFWLRQ <Condition Delay> :KHQÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDUHVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG can be set for each condition. Condition delay operation can be interrupted and each rudder TXLFNO\UHWXUQHGWRLWVRULJLQDOSRVLWLRQE\VHOHFWLQJD cut switch. *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the Model Type. ŏ 6HOHFW >7ULP PL[ RU @ DW WKH PRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. When using this function, Tap [INH]. (ON is displayed.) To next page The ON/OFF switch of mixing is chosen. In speed Manual/Auto mode selection Manual: Switches the function ON/OFF by switch Auto: Trim mix function call can be linked to a stick, etc. A stick switch, etc. separate from the function ON/OFF switch is set. Out speed Condition delay cut switch Condition delay setting When a fine tuning VR is set, the trim rates of ailerons, flaps and elevators can be adjusted. (First)0 ∼ 27 (Slowly) ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX The value inside the parentheses shows the current rudder position. The offset rate of ailerons, flaps and elevators can be adjusted. Tap to the corresponding setting item. Adjust the rate. 144 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Snap roll [Corresponding model type]: Airplane, general (Example) Setting example for F3A This function selects the switch and rate adjustment of each rudder, (ailerons, elevators, or ÀDSVZKHQDVQDSUROOLVSHUIRUPHG ŏ)RXUVQDSUROOGLUHFWLRQVFDQEHVHW5LJKWXS ULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQ ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG WKH6QDS5ROOIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHG212))E\PDVWHU switch in the state in which the direction switch was switched to the direction in which you want WRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHGVQDS roll in each direction can be executed by means of independent switches. ŏ$VDIHW\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUH the switch can be set so that snap roll is not executed when, for instance, the landing gear is lowered, even if the switch is turned on accidentally. The snap roll switch is activated only ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV21 ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG ÁDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUHDFKVQDSUROO GLUHFWLRQ,QVLGHRXWVLGH ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@ ŏ6DIHW\6:>6:*@6DIHW\PHDVXUH ŏ 0 D V W H U 6 : > 6 : + @ 0 D L Q V Z L W F K I R U H[HFXWLQJVQDSUROO ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV *The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right direction switches are selected here. 5LJKW8S>6:'@2))2))21 5LJKW'RZQ>6:'@212))2)) /HIW8S>6:$@2))2))21 /HIW'RZQ>6:$@212))2)) ŏ6SHHGDGMXVWPHQW The operation speed of each control VXUIDFH ZKHQ WKH VQDS VZLWFK LV 21 FDQ be changed and snap roll executed by VWLFNZKLOHWKHUHLVVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQFDQEH performed. ŏ 6HOHFW >6QDS UROO@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX and call the setup screen shown The ON/OFF switch below. of snap roll is chosen. The safety switch is chosen. To next page ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Master or Single is chosen Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) Snap roll directions Master mode : Direction switches Single mode : Snap roll switches Aileron, elevator and Rudder rate adjustment In speed Out speed (First)0 ∼ 27 (Slowly) < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 145 Air brake This function is used when an air brake is necessary when landing or diving, etc. The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a switch. The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ be adjusted. (In side/Out side) A delay can be set for each condition, and a Cut switch which will turn OFF the delay can be chosen. Trim amounts FDQEHILQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95<RXFDQDOVR set the Auto Mode, which will link Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or dial can also be set as the ON/OFF switch. Elevator Aileron 2 Aileron 1 ŏ6HOHFW>$LUEUDNH@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH setup screen shown below. *The display screen is an example. The actual screen depends on the Model Type. To next page When using this function, Tap [INH]. (ON is displayed.) In speed The ON/OFF switch of air brake is chosen. Manual/Auto mode selection Manual: Switches the function ON/OFF by switch Auto: Air brake function call can be linked to a stick, etc. A stick switch, etc. separate from the function ON/OFF switch is set. Out speed Condition delay setting and cut switch setting. Fine tuning setting ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX The value inside the parentheses shows the current rudder position. 146 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > (First)0 ∼ 27 (Slowly) Offset:The offset rate of ailerons, flaps, and elevators can be a d j u s t e d . Ta p t o t h e corresponding setting item. Adjust the rate. Fine tuning:When a fine tuning VR is set on the next page, the ailerons', flaps', and elevators' trim rates can be adjusted. Tap to the corresponding setting item. Adjust the rate. [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider/multicopter, general Gyro This function is used when a GYA Series gyro is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/GY mode) can be switched with a switch. ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEH switched. ŏ8SWRD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEH simultaneously controlled. *Initial setting does not assign a sensitivity channel. Use the Function menu of the Linkage menu to assign the sensitivity channel (Gyro/Gyro2/Gyro3) used to a vacant channel beforehand. 6HW>&RQWURO@DQG>7ULP@RWKHUWKDQ)XQFWLRQWR>@ ŏ6HOHFW>*\UR@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG call the setup screen shown below. Tapping this will change INH to either ON or OFF and enable operation. Adjustment of the three rates (sensitivity) and switching between Normal and AVCS is possible. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) The ON/OFF switch of gyro is chosen. The operation mode (AVCS/NOR) and sensitivity of the 3 axes Gyro/Gyro2/ Gyro3 can be set. 3 rate (gyro gain) adjustment ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEHXVHG 7DSWRWKH>5DWH@LWHP$GMXVWWKHUDWH ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ7DS>,1+@ ŏ :KHQ D )XWDED *<$ J\UR LV XVHG ZKHQ >*<@ W\SH LV VHOHFWHG WKH VHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6DQG1RUPDOPRGHV ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKWDSWKH6ZLWFKLWHPDQGWDSWKHEXWWRQWRFDOO WKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDW WKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 147 (Example) Setting three axis using a G<A44 and G<A441 (2) ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG ŏ6HW 5CH → Gyro*<$$,/ 7CH → Gyro2*<$(/( 8CH → Gyro3*<$58' Control and Trim → "--" : at WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX ŏ*\URVHWWLQJRIWKH0RGHOPHQX Rate 1 2 3 ACT OFF/ON INH ON/OFF Type GY Switch SE Gyro AVCS : 60% Gyro 2 AVCS : 60% Gyro 3 AVCS : 60% GY SE Normal : 60% Normal : 60% Normal : 60% *Set so that Rate 1 is turned on at the back position of switch E and Rate 3 is turned ON at the front position. Since switch E is R7008SB turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH]. GYA441 Aileron servo AVCS GAIN 0% S.BUS2 port GYA441 NORMAL Elevator servo When AVCS is used we recommend that the sensitivity CH be set to the 3-position. GYA440 148 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Rudder servo Ailevator [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, Tail type (Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators) Ailevator This function improves the operating performance of the roll axis by operating the elevators as ailerons. Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard FRQYHQWLRQDORUYWDLOPRYHVLQGHSHQGHQWO\OLNH ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side moving up and down together, each side moves in opposite directions when moving as an ailevator. 2Q D9WDLO WKLV LV DOVR NQRZQ DV D UXGGHUYDWRU as they can serve the same purpose. Typically, both ailevator and ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll performance, especially on larger wingspan planes. ELEVATOR (AILERON 5) ELEVATOR 2 (AILERON 6) Note: Select ailevator as the Model type at the Model type screen. This changes the output FKDQQHO&KHFNWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX ŏ6HOHFW>$LOHYDWRU@DWWKHPRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) (Elevator function) The up and down rates of the left and right elevators when the elevator stick is manipulated can be individually adjusted. (Aileron function) When the elevators are used as ailerons, aileron travel of the left and right elevators can be adjusted. ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW Tap to the item you want to adjust. $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ buttons. *If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate SRODULW\RU ,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs. < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 149 Acceleration [Corresponding model type]: Glider, general Acceleration setting can be performed at Elevator, (OHYDWRU ĺ &DPEHU DQG$LOHURQ ĺ 5XGGHU *OLGHU only) ŏ7KLVVHWWLQJLVGLYLGHGLQWRHOHYDWRUVHWWLQJDQGFDPEHU setting. The setting method is the same. ŏ&DPEHUVHWWLQJVHWVWKHDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQIRU(OH WRFDPEHUPL[LQJ6HWWLQJLVQRWSHUIRUPHGZKHQ(OHWR FDPEHUPL[LQJLV,1+ ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHWIRUERWKWKHXS side and down side. ŏ)XQFWLRQ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJLVSHUIRUPHGIRU $LOHURQń5XGGHUVHWWLQJRQO\ ŏ$LOHURQń5XGGHUVHWWLQJLVDFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQVHWWLQJIRU$LOHURQń5XGGHUPL[LQJ,WLVQRW SHUIRUPHGZKHQ$LOHURQń5XGGHUPL[LQJLV,1+ ŏ 6HOHFW >$FFHOHUDWLRQ@ DW WKH PRGHO menu and call the setup screen shown below. When using this function, Tap [INH]. (ON is displayed.) Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) To next page 2/3 : Elevator → Camber 3/3 : Aileron → Rudder Operation up to this range will initiate acceleration. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Act position The rate the angle increases. Current position The return time after operation (Damping) can be set. (First return)1 ∼ 100(Slow return) (Acceleration doesn't function as 0.) Setting method ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH ŏ7KH UHWXUQ WLPH DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ 'DPSLQJ can be set. ŏ 7 K H R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q DQG GHFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW :KHQ DQ operation point is exceeded, acceleration is performed. 1RWH :KHQ XVLQJ WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ VLQFH WKH VHUYR VWURNH LV ODUJH PDNH \RXU VHWWLQJVVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJRI\RXUOLQNDJH 150 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > [Corresponding model type]: Airplane/glider, general Motor This function lets you set the operation speed when the motor of an F5B or other EP glider is started by switch. The operation speed can be set in 2 ranges of slow speed flight and high speed ÀLJKW6SHHG6SHHG7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQDOVREH operated as a safety function by setting 2 switches. ŏ7KHLQVLGHDQGRXWVLGHRSHUDWLQJVSHHGVFDQEH DGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV6SHHG 6SHHG ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW )URPVSHHGWRVSHHG ŏ6HOHFW>0RWRU@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG call the setup screen shown below. ŏ7KHVHWRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRSHUDWLRQFDQEH DFWLYDWHGDWLQLWLDORSHUDWLRQRQO\WLPH RSHUDWLRQ+RZHYHURSHUDWLRQFDQEHUHSHDWHG E\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHRSHUDWLRQLV ÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWLPHRSHUDWLRQ VHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQGWKHQUHVHWLWWR >21@ ŏ7KHPRWRU&+LVFRQWUROOHGE\6:*,QLWLDO VHWWLQJ:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHVZLWFKRUVWLFNZKLFK FRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRIWKH /LQNDJHPHQX Note: When using this function, always check initial operation with the propeller removed. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ7DS>,1+@ ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ )RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ŏ6ZLWFK A switch that turns the function itself 212))FDQEHVHOHFWHG ŏ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQ 7DSWKHPRWRURIIEXWWRQZKHQ>6:*@LVLQ WKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQWWRVHW7KH direction of the motor switch is memorized. 7KHVFUHHQJUDSKGLVSOD\2))GLUHFWLRQDOVR changes. ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQ7DS>,1+@ ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKH2QHWLPHPRGH WDS WR WKH >2QH WLPH@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH screen. ŏ6SHHGWR The speed 1 and speed 2 region boundary can be changed, ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW The speed when speed 1 and speed 2 are 21,QDQG2))2XWFDQEHDGMXVWHG Notes ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ VHWWKHVSHHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWKH PRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDOVRUHVHWWKHVSHHG ŏ:HUHFRPPHQGWKDWPRWRU2))EHVHWLQ FRPELQDWLRQZLWK)6 ŏ6HWWKHEDVLFRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKHUHYHUVH IXQFWLRQWRPDWFKWKH(6&XVHG ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 151 >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU7DLOW\SH9WDLO V-Tail This function lets you adjust for left and right rudder angle changes at elevator and rudder operation of a 9WDLODLUSODQH 9WDLOLVZKHQVHUYRVDUHXVHGWRJHWKHUWRFRQWURO rudder movement as elevators. In addition to each rudder side moving up and down together, each side moves in opposite directions when moving as elevators. 2QD9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVDUXGGHUYDWRUDVWKH\ can serve the same purpose. ELEVATOR (RUDDER 2) RUDDER (ELEVATOR 2) ŏ6HOHFW>97DLO@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) (Elevator function) Up and down travel adjustment at CH1 and CH2 elevator operation (Rudder function) Left and right travel adjustment at CH1 and CH2 rudder operation ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW Tap to the item you want to adjust. $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ buttons. *If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate SRODULW\RU ,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs. 152 < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > Winglet >&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW58' This function adjusts the left and right rudder angles of airplanes with winglets. Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of DLUFUDIW ORZHULQJ WKH OLIWLQGXFHG GUDJ FDXVHG E\ wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled extension at the tips of each wing. Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural stress and hence necessary weight of its structure DQ H[WHQVLRQ RI ZLQJ VSDQ ZRXOG DOVR SHUPLW lowering of induced drag, though it would cause parasitic drag and would require boosting the VWUHQJWKRIWKHZLQJDQGKHQFHLWVZHLJKWWKHUH would come a point at which no overall useful saving would be made. A winglet helps to solve this by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without adding to the span of the wing. RUDDER 1 Winglet (at Flying wing ) RUDDER 2 Winglet at Flying wing ( ) ŏ6HOHFW>:LQJOHW@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG call the setup screen shown below. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) (Rudder 1/2) The travel at rudder stick left and right operation can be individually set. ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW Tap to the item you want to adjust. $GMXVWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ buttons. *If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage, adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate SRODULW\RU < Model menu (Airplane/Glider/Multicopter Functions) > 153 MODEL MENU (Helicopter functions) This section contains information on the commands that apply to helicopters only. For instructions on airplane, glider and multicopter, refer to the sections pertaining to those aircraft. Use the Model type function in the Linkage menu to select the swash type matched to the fuselage beforehand. ◆ Condition hold When performing adjustments, such as idling up, when the engine is engaged, keep the throttle stable so as to prevent the engine from revving too high. Once your adjustments are complete, always make sure to set the function to [OFF]. WARNING Also, add flight conditions at the Condition Select screen if necessary before setting the model data at each function. (Up to 8 conditions can be used) The AFR function, dual rate function and other functions common to all model types, are described in a separate section. *Condition hold ON/OFF operation is possible under normal conditions and the throttle stick is more than 1/3rd into the slow throttle range. Throttle servos will remain at the throttle stick position during ON operation. ● ON/OFF operation on the Home screen Under the conditions described above, tap the Condition hold For safety reasons, when performing individual [OFF] displayed on the screen. adjustments it is recommended that you shut off During function operation, Condition hold will display [ON] the engine and disconnect the motor to prevent and an alarm will sound. rotation. *Sudden, abrupt rotation can result in death or serious injury. Tap this icon to go to the model menu. ŏ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ QDPH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH+RPHVFUHHQ Program.mixes (Model menu screen example) *The Model menu screen depends on the model type. ŰƒƇƈƏŃƐƈƑƘŃŋūƈƏƌƆƒƓƗƈƕŌŃƉƘƑƆƗƌƒƑƖŃƗƄƅƏƈ Pitch curve: Pitch curve and hovering trim adjustment Throttle curve: Throttle curve and hovering trim adjustment Acceleration: Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden throttle and pitch commands Throttle hold: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation Swash mixing: Compensates for each control response Throttle mixing: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied PitchĺNeedle:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHFXUYHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV PitchĺRudder: Handles torque changes from pitch angle inputs Gyro: Used to switch gyro sensitivity Governor: Used to switch RPM of the helicopter’s head 154 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > Pitch curve / Pitch trim ųƌƗƆƋŃƆƘƕƙƈ This function adjusts the pitch operation curve IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQIRUWKHRSWLPDOÀLJKWVWDWH relative to movement of the throttle stick. ŏ 6HOHFW >3LWFK FXUYH@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ *Up to 17 points can be set for the point curve types. +RZHYHUZKHQXVLQJWKHSRLQWVRUSRLQWVVSHFL¿HGWR create a curve, a simple curve can be created by reducing the number of input points to 3 or 5, and then entering the VSHFL¿HGYDOXHDWWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSRLQWVWKDW\RXFUHDWHG a curve. Currently selected condition name ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting Point curve type is 9 points (initial), but for simple use, 4 5 points are sufficient. *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. Normal curve adjustment ŏ )RU QRUPDO FXUYH XVXDOO\ XVH >3RLQW@ W\SH DQG FUHDWH D EDVLF SLWFK FXUYH FHQWHUHG DERXW KRYHULQJ 8VH WKLV IXQFWLRQ WRJHWKHU ZLWK WKH 7+5 FXUYH QRUPDO IXQFWLRQ DQG DGMXVWWKHFXUYHVRWKDWXSGRZQFRQWUROLV EHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG Idle up curve adjustment ŏ )RU WKH KLJK VLGH SLWFK FXUYH VHW WKH PD[LPXP SLWFK ZKLFK GRHV RYHUORDG WKH HQJLQH)RUWKHORZVLGHSLWFKFXUYHFUHDWH FXUYHV PDWFKHG WR ORRS UROO ' DQG RWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGXVHWKHLGOHXSFXUYHV DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH Throttle hold curve adjustment ŏ 7KH WKURWWOH KROG FXUYH LV XVHG ZKHQ H[HFXWLQJDXWRURWDWLRQGLYHV Operation precautions WARNING When actually starting the engine and flying, always set the idle up condition switch to OFF and start the engine in the idling state. < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 155 Setting method ŏ *URXS6LQJOH LWHP :KHQ \RX DOVR ZDQW WR LQSXW WKH VDPH VHWWLQJ FRQWHQWV DW RWKHU FRQGLWLRQV SHUIRUP VHWWLQJ LQ WKH JURXS PRGH ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VDPH FRQWHQWV DUH LQSXWWRWKHRWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHWLQWKHJURXS PRGH:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWHDFKFRQGLWLRQ LQGHSHQGHQWO\ VHOHFW WKH VLQJOH PRGH LQLWLDO VHWWLQJ 2WKHU FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH VHW LQGHSHQGHQWO\ Curve setting examples The screens shown below are curves created by entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high side (3 points or 5 points) at each condition. When DFWXDOO\FUHDWLQJDFXUYHLQSXWWKHUDWHVSHFL¿HGDW the fuselage (or the reference value). *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. Ɣ3LWFK Curve ([ample Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve Pitch servo speed setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) 156 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > Hold Curve ųƌƗƆƋŃƗƕƌƐŃŋūƒƙƈƕƌƑƊŃƓƌƗƆƋŏŃƋƌƊƋŃƓƌƗƆƋŏŃƏƒƚŃƓƌƗƆƋŌ The hovering pitch, low pitch, and high pitch trim setup screen can be called from the Pitch curve setup screen. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Hovering pitch trim setting Low/high pitch trim setting Hovering pitch trim High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim The Hovering Pitch trim function trims the pitch near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with the hovering condition. The hovering pitch can be ¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that rotor speed is constant. This function can be used together with the hovering Throttle Trim function for more delicate operation. High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim is the pitch servo high side and low side trim function. Setting method ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ RQO\ WKH KRYHULQJ QRUPDO FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK WKH JURXS PRGH WR WKH VLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJEHIRUHVHWWLQJ ŏ7DS>,1+@21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/' ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &HQWHU 1RUPDOFDQEHVHOHFWHG &HQWHUPRGH0D[LPXPDPRXQWRIFKDQJH Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q UHFRPPHQGHG 1 R U P D O P R G H 1 R U P D O W U L P S D U D O O H O PRYHPHQW WULP RSHUDWLRQ 7KH DGYDQWDJH RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKH FXUYH ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ :KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\ EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG Setting method ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREVFRPPRQ WR DOO WKH FRQGLWLRQV VHW WKHP LQ WKH JURXS PRGH ŏ7DS>,1+@21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV 6HOHFWLRQ H[DPSOH /6 KLJK VLGH 56 ORZ VLGH ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 157 Throttle curve / Throttle Hover trim ŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃŃƆƘƕƙƈ This function adjusts the throttle operation curve for each condition for optimum engine speed to throttle stick movement. Up to 17 curve points can be set for the point curve type. However, when the 5 points and other ŏ 6HOHFW >7KURWWOH FXUYH@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ point data is used, a simple curve can be easily created by reducing the number of input points of the curve to 5 and entering the specified value at the corresponding points. Currently selected condition name ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting *For a description of the curve setting method, see the back of this manual. Point curve type is 9 points (initial), but for simple use, 4 5 points are sufficient. Throttle hover trim operating position (White line) Normal curve adjustment ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFFXUYH FHQWHUHGDURXQGKRYHULQJ8VHLWDORQJ ZLWKWKHQRUPDOSLWFKFXUYHDQGDGMXVWVR WKDWXSGRZQFRQWURODWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQH VSHHGLVHDVLHVW Idle up curve adjustment ŏ6HWDQLGOHXSFXUYHWKDWPDLQWDLQVD FRQVWDQWVSHHGDWDOOWLPHVHYHQGXULQJ RSHUDWLRQZKLFKUHGXFHVWKHSLWFK SHUIRUPHGLQÁLJKW&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHG WRORRSUROO'RURWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGWKH LGOHXSFXUYHDFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH Operation precautions WARNING When actually starting the engine and flying, always set the idle up condition switch to OFF and start the engine in the idling mode. Setting method ŏ *URXSVLQJOH LWHP :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ HQWHU WKH VDPH VHWWLQJV WR RWKHU IXQFWLRQV PDNH WKH VHWWLQJV LQ WKH JURXS PRGH ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VDPH VHWWLQJ 158 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > FRQWHQWV DUH HQWHUHG WR WKH DOO FRQGLWLRQV :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW HDFK FRQGLWLRQ LQGHSHQGHQWO\ PDNH WKH VHWWLQJV DIWHU VHOHFWLQJWKHVLQJOHPRGH,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ Curve setting examples The curves shown below are created by using the point curve type and inputting the data of the 5 points 0% (low side), 25%, 50% (center), 75%, 100% (high) side at each condition. They are created by reducing the number of points on the line to 5. When actually creating a curve, enter WKHGDWDVSHFL¿HGSHUWKHDLUFUDIWRUWKHUHIHUHQFH value). *For a description of the curve creation method, see the description at the back of this manual. Idle-up 2 Curve Ɣ7KroWWle Curve ([ample Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Throttle servo speed setting (For a description of the setting method, see the description at the back of this manual.) ŷƋƕƒƗƗƏƈŃūƒƙƈƕŃƗƕƌƐ The Throttle Hover trim setup screen can be called from the Throttle curve setup screen. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX The Throttle Hover function trims the throttle near the hovering point. Normally, use it with hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed accompanying changes in the temperature, humidity, and other flight conditions can be trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is most stable. More delicate trimming is also possible by using this function along with the Hover Pitch function. Setting method ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKHKRYHULQJQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQ RQO\ VZLWFK WKH JURXS PRGH WR WKH VLQJOH PRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJDQGPDNHWKHVHWWLQJV ŏ7DS>,1+@21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE 6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5' ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &HQWHU 1RUPDOFDQEHVHOHFWHG &HQWHU PRGH 0D[LPXP UDWH RI FKDQJH Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q UHFRPPHQGHG 1RUPDO PRGH 1RUPDO WULP KRUL]RQWDO PRYHPHQWWULPRSHUDWLRQ ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ :KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPDFWVRQO\ QHDUWKHFHQWHU ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 159 Acceleration This function is used to adjust the pitch and the throttle rise characteristic at acceleration/ deceleration operation. An acceleration function which temporarily increases the pitch and throttle operations at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. Example of acceleration function use ŏ:KHQ XVHG DW SLWFK WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ LV HIIHFWLYH ZKHQ \RX ZDQW WR TXLFNHQWKHUHVSRQVHRIWKHIXVHODJHDW' ÁLJKWÁLSHWF :KHQXVHGKLJKSLWFKWHPSRUDULO\H[FHHGV PD[LPXPSLWFKEXWLPPHGLDWHO\UHWXUQVWR PD[LPXPSLWFK ŏ 6HOHFW >$FFHOHUDWLRQ@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ When using this function, Tap [INH]. (ON is displayed.) Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) To next page 1/2 : Pitch 2/2 : Throttle Operation up to this range will initiate acceleration. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Act position The rate the angle increases. Current position The return time after operation (Damping) can be set. (First return)1 ∼ 100(Slow return) (Acceleration doesn't function as 0.) Setting method ŏ $FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW DW ERWK VHWWLQJ D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q K L J K D Q G V H W W L Q J D W GHFHOHUDWLRQORZ 7KH RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW LV GLVSOD\HG RQ D JUDSK ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH ŏ7KH UHWXUQ WLPH DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ 'DPSLQJ FDQEHVHW 160 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > ŏ 7 K H R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q DQG GHFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW :KHQ DQ RSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQLV SHUIRUPHG 1RWH :KHQ XVLQJ WKH DFFHOHUDWLRQ IXQFWLRQ VLQFH WKH SLWFK VWURNH LV ODUJH PDNH \RXU VHWWLQJVVRWKHUHLVQRELQGLQJRI\RXUOLQNDJH Throttle hold Example of use ŏ 6LQFH WKURWWOHKROG KDV PRGHV &XW DQG ,GOH XVLQJ LW LQ WKH ,GOLQJ PRGH GXULQJ W U D L Q L Q J D Q G L Q W K H & X W P R G H Z K H Q VWRSSLQJ WKH HQJLQH DW FRQWHVW HWF LV FRQYHQLHQW This function sets the throttle cut position for autorotation. The throttle position can also be set to an idling position. Setting of these 2 positions can be selected by switch. This allows use for switching during training. 1RWH:KHQWKURWWOHKROGLVVHWWR21LQWKHQRUPDO FRQGLWLRQWKURWWOHKROGDFWVDQGWKHWKURWWOHVHUYR LVGHDFWLYDWHG$OZD\VVHWWKURWWOHKROGWR21LQWKH KROGFRQGLWLRQ ŏ 6HOHFW >7KURWWOH KROG@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Current position Set to the engine stop position. Set to the idling position. Hold position Engine cut setting Engine idle setting Setting method Operation precautions ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ 0DQXDO PRGH0DQXDO 7KH WKURWWOH KROG IXQFWLRQ LV RSHUDWHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ RQO\ $XWRPRGH$XWR7KHWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQ RSHUDWLRQ LV OLQNHG WR WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN SRVLWLRQ $XWRSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ:KHQWKHDXWRPRGHLV VHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQDXWRSRVLWLRQ FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 0RYH WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ$XWRSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HG ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW 7KURWWOH +ROG &XW VHWV WKH WKURWWOH FXW SRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDWWKHFDUEXUHWRULVIXOO\ FORVHG 7KURWWOH+ROG ,GOH 0DNH WKLV DGMXVWPHQW WR PDLQWDLQLGOLQJIRUWUDLQLQJ$GMXVWPHQWVFDQ EH PDGH EDVHG RQ WKH WKURWWOH FXUYH LGOH SRVLWLRQ ŏ7KH WKURWWOH VHUYR RSHUDWLQJ VSHHG FDQ EH DGMXVWHG6SHHG ŏ 7KURWWOH FXW RU WUDLQLQJ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VZLWFKHGE\KROGIXQFWLRQVHOHFWRUVZLWFK WARNING When starting the engine, confirm that the idle up condition and throttle hold condition are OFF. < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 161 Swash mixing The swash mix function is used to correct the swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each operation of each condition. Adjustment by independent curve for aileron, elevator, and pitch operations is possible. The operation can be smoothly adjusted by calling up the “Curve setup” screen by tapping the mixing item that corresponds to the mixing and direction which needs correction. Example of use ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW XQGHVLUDEOHWHQGHQFLHVLQWKHUROOGLUHFWLRQ ŏ )RU D FRQGLWLRQ ZKLFK XVHV $LOHURQ WR (OHYDWRU VHW WKLV IXQFWLRQ WR 21 :KHQ UDLVLQJ WKH QRVH DW D ULJKW UROO ZKHQ WKH 5DWH%VLGHLVLQSXWDQGWKHULJKWDLOHURQLV RSHUDWHGWKHHOHYDWRUPRYHVWRWKHGRZQ VLGH 7XQH E\ DGMXVWLQJ WKH 5DWH )RU ULJKW UROODGMXVWWRWKHUDWH$VLGH ŏ 6HOHFW >6ZDVK PL[LQJ@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ Condition group/single mode selection (Gr. / Sngl) ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. Setting method ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV GLVSOD\HG ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW RWKHU FRQGLWLRQV VHOHFW WKH JURXS PRGH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW :KHQ>@ LVVHWWKH VZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ LV RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ :KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV 21SRVLWLRQ 162 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > Throttle mixing This function corrects slowing of engine speed caused by swash plate operation during aileron or elevator operation. The method of applying clockwise or counterclockwise torque when pirouetting can also be corrected. An acceleration function which temporarily increases the throttle side correction rate relative to rapid stick operation can also be set. ŏ 6HOHFW >7KURWWOH PL[LQJ@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ EHORZ When correction is necessary, tap to the mixing item corresponding to the mixing that needs correction and tap the screen to call the curve setup screen, and then correct the slowing. Setting example ŏ $LOHURQ WR 7KURWWOH DSSOLHV D ORDG WR WKH H Q J L Q H D Q G F R U U H F W V V O R Z L Q J R I W K H HQJLQH VSHHG ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN ZDV RSHUDWHG(QJLQHUDFLQJ FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\DWWKHULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIW DLOHURQE\5DWHV$DQG% "CTRM" : The correction rate maximum when the throttle stick is centered. "Linear" : Correction applied for the entire throttle range. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. <Acceleration function setting> Setting method ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV GLVSOD\HG ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW :KHQ>@ LVVHWWKH VZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQ LV RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ :KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV 21SRVLWLRQ ŏ $FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW IRU ERWK VHWWLQJV /HIWDQG5LJKW ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH ŏ 7KH UHWXUQWLPH 'DPSLQJ DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ FDQEHVHW ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQSRLQW$FWSRVLWLRQZKHQWKH FRUUHFWLRQUDWHLVLQFUHDVHGDQGGHFUHDVHG FDQ EH VHW LQGHSHQGHQWO\ :KHQ DQ RSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQ RSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 163 Pitch → Needle This mixing is used when the engine is equipped with needle control or other fuel-air mixture adjustment. A needle curve can be set. An acceleration function which temporarily increases needle operation at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. The rise characteristic of the needle servo at acceleration and deceleration operation can be adjusted. ŏ 6HOHFW >3LWFKń1HHGOH@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX DQG FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX ● Mixing curve setting *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. Normally, use [Point] type. Setting method ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV GLVSOD\HG ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ŏ $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW :KHQ >@ LV VHW WKH PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ LV RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ :KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK WDS WR WKH >@ LWHP 7DS WKH VFUHHQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV 21SRVLWLRQ 164 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > < Acceleration function setting> ŏ $ F F H O H U D W L R Q F D Q E H V H W D W E R W K DFFHOHUDWLRQKLJKDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQORZ ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQ UDWHUDWHDQGWKHUHWXUQ WLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQGDPSLQJFDQEHVHW ŏ $ Q R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W $ F W S R V L W L R Q D W DFFHOHUDWLRQDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW :KHQ DQ RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW ZDV H[FHHGHG DFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG Pitch → Rudder (Revolution mixing) However, when a GY Series or other heading hold gyro is used, since correction is performed by the gyro, this mix is not used. If this function is used when the gyro operation mode is the AVCS mode, the neutral position will change. Use this mix when you want to suppress the reaction torque generated by main rotor pitch and speed changes during pitch operation. Adjust so that the nose does not move in the rudder direction. An acceleration function which temporarily increases the correction rate at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. The mixing rate at acceleration/deceleration can be set. ŏ6HOHFW>3LWFKń5XGGHU@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX D Q G F D O O W K H V H W X S VFUHHQVKRZQ ● Mixing curve setting Normally, use [Point] type. *For a description of the curve setting method, see the description at the back of this manual. Setting method ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV GLVSOD\HG ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHLVVHW <Normal condition mixing curve> <Idle up condition mixing curve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cceleration function setting> ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG IRU ERWK VHWWLQJ DW DFFHOHUDWLRQ +LJK DQGVHWWLQJDWGHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH ŏ7KHUHWXUQWLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'DPSLQJ FDQEHVHW ŏ $Q RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW $FW SRVLWLRQ DW DFFHOHUDWLRQDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW LQGHSHQGHQWO\:KHQDQRSHUDWLRQSRLQW ZDVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLV SHUIRUPHG < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 165 Gyro [Helicopter] This function is used to adjust gyro sensitivity. The sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/ AVCS mode) can be set for each condition. The gyro sensitivity can be switched with each condition or the switch. (3 sensitivities) *Compatible with 3 axis gyro (CGY750). ŏ 6HOHFW >*\UR@ DW WKH PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ Gyro(RUD) setting 1RWH>*\UR@>*\UR@>*\UR@'HIDXOWIXQFWLRQ >*\UR@CH6)$667HVW&+CH52WKHUV\VWHPW\SH >*\UR@CH9 >*\UR@CH10 $OZD\VVHWWR>@ERWKFRQWURODQGWULPIRU WKH>*\UR@IXQFWLRQDWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXLQ WKH/LQNDJHPHQX Gyro2(AIL) setting Gyro3(ELE) setting Tapping these will pull up the detailed selection screen for each. ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX Rate1 Gyro type and gain The operation mode (AVCS/NOR) and sensitivity of the 3 axes Gyro/Gyro2/ Gyro3 can be set. Rate2 Gyro type and gain Rate3 Gyro type and gain When using Rate2/Rate3, make it INH → ON or OFF. Condition group/ single mode selection (Gr. /Sngl) Use this when you want to adjust sensitivity via VR, etc., and not onscreen data entry. Tap "-", select "VR", etc., and then tap the value to adjust. (Won't operate when value is "0".) Setting method ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV GLVSOD\HG ŏ :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ŏ 7KUHH UDWHV FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IRU HDFK FRQGLWLRQ5DWH5DWH5DWH ŏ $ÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW 166 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > The ON/OFF switch of gyro is chosen. 3 rate (gyro gain) adjustment Usage example #1: Using gyro for only the rudder and adjusting sensitivity for each condition * Gyro gain channel Gyro : CH5 For the FASSTest12CH, Gyro/RUD is 6ch. The gyro sensitivity adjustment connector connects to 6ch. ŏ 6HOHFW >*\UR@ DW WKH PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ This is all that is needed for use in this case. Tapping here will let you select either Normal or AVCS. Because the sensitivity is switched (Sngl) per condition, Rate 2 and Rate 3 are not used. Set gain of a rudder Because sensitivity changes for hovering and idleup, perform switchover for each condition and adjust sensitivity. Usage example #2: Using 3-axis gyro CGY750 and adjusting sensitivity for each condition * Gyro gain channel Gyro RUD : CH5 For the FASSTest12CH, Gyro/RUD is 6ch. Gyro2 AIL : CH9 Gyro3 ELE : CH10 For the CGY750, simply connect the S.BUS; functions do not need to be set. (For the FASSTest12CH, change Gyron/RUD to 6ch.) ŏ 6HOHFW >*\UR@ DW WKH PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO WKHVHWXSVFUHHQ This is all that is needed for use in this case. Tapping here will let you select either Normal or AVCS for each of the three axes. Set gain of a rudder Set gain of an aileron Set gain of an elevator Because the sensitivity is switched (Sngl) per condition, Rate 2 and Rate 3 are not used. Because sensitivity changes for hovering and idleup, perform switchover for each condition and adjust sensitivity. < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 167 Governor *The governor is used by connecting the governor speed setting channel to CH7 (initial setting). *When using the Fuel Mixture function, the mixture servo is controlled from the governor. When transmitting the mixture curve data from the transmitter to the governor, the governor AUX (m.trm) connector must be connected to CH8 (initial setting) and governor side setting performed. See the governor instruction manual. *When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch, connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to CH8 (initial setting) and set the switch to CH8 (Governor2) at the Function menu of the Linkage menu. 1RWH$OZD\VVHW&RQWURODQG7ULPWR>@IRU >*RYHUQRU@DQG>*RYHUQRU@RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX RIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX When using a Futaba governor, this function is used to switch the RPM of the helicopter's head. Up to 3 rates can be set for each condition. ŏ 6HOHFW >*RYHUQRU@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ ŏ5HWXUQWR0RGHOPHQX RPM adjustment Fine tuning VR settings Unit display selection: [%] [rpm] Setting method ƔActivate the mixing :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ 7DS >,1+@ 21 LV GLVSOD\HG *When the function is set ON/OFF at the governor setup screen, the governor rpm setting channel end point servo travel and limit point are now initialized. *When changed from INH to ACT (ON), the servo travel is initialized to 100 and the limit point is initialized to 155. *When operation is changed to INH at all conditions, the servo travel is initialized to 100 and the limit point is initialized to 135. 168 < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > ƔRPM adjustment 7DSWRWKHUDWHLWHP $GMXVWWKHUSPXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP $ G M X V W P H Q W U D Q J H 2 ) ) a 2 ) ) aUSP *When the value is tapped reset to the initial value. ƔUnit display selection 7DS WR WKH 81,7 LWHP >@ >USP@ 6HOHFW WKH XQLW ƔDiplay mode selection ƔFine tuning VR settings 7DS WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG WDS WKH VFUHHQ WR DFFHVV WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ 6HOHFW WKH FRQWURO *When [rpm] mode is selected above setting, the display mode can be selected. * There is no change in the transmitter output even when the "Mode" is changed. Calibration should be performed via the governor. *For a description of the switch selection method, see the description at the back of this manual. * In order to use the Governor function of the T16SZ, it is necessary to change the settings on the governor for the low side 700 rpm mode. :KHQ WKH 0RGH RI WKH *RYHUQRU VFUHHQ V PRGHOPHQXLVFKDQJHGWKHFKDQJHLVDOVR LQGLFDWHGRQVFUHHQ 7DSWRWKHUDWHLWHP $GMXVW WKH WULP UDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ ʆʆEXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHUSP $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa *When the screen is tapped for one second, the sensitivity is reset to the initial value. 7DSWKHVFUHHQWRUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRGH main rotor R.P.M. The chart below indicates the mode percentage and the corresponding RPM. 3900rpm 3500rpm 2700rpm 2500rpm 2100rpm 2000rpm 1500rpm 1000rpm 700rpm 0% 50% : neutral 100% 110% main rotor R.P.M. setting channel travel < Model Menu (Helicopter Functions) > 169 Common operations used in function setup screen This section describes the functions often used at the function setup screen. Refer to it when setting each function. ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƙƄƏƘƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊ Tapping the value setting buttons on each screen will cause value input buttons to appear at the top of the panel. Value input buttons display at the top of the panel Pressing and holding a value will return it to its default setting. Large change in value Small change in value Large change in value ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƕƈƏƄƗƈƇŃƗƒŃƳƌƊƋƗŃƆƒƑƇƌƗƌƒƑƖ Group/single mode switching (Gr/Singl) Condition delay setting When setting multiple flight conditions, linking the setting contents with all conditions (group mode) or setting independently (single mode) can be selected. The mode can be changed at the [Gr] item on each setup screen. Unnecessary fuselage motion generated when there are sudden changes in the servo position and variations in the operating time between channels can be suppressed by using the condition delay function of the condition select function [Condition select]. When the delay function is set at the switching destination condition, a delay corresponding to that amount is applied and the related functions change smoothly. [Group/single mode switching] >6HWWLQJPHWKRG@ Tap Tap Tap ŏ*URXSPRGH*U The same setting contents are set to all WKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV ŏ6LQJOHPRGH6LQJO 6HW WKLV PRGH ZKHQ WKH VHWWLQJ FRQWHQWV DUHQRWOLQNHGZLWKRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV 170 < Data > 6ZLWFK WR WKH FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQGWDSWKHGHOD\>YDOXH@ 6HWWKHGHOD\XVLQJWKH" ▼▼ " " ▼ " " ▲ " ʆʆEXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\ (When the value is tapped, the delay is reset to the initial value.) ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƕƈƏƄƗƈƇŃƗƒŃƲƑƈŃƗƘƑƌƑƊŃŹŵ Operation mode selection *The operation modes which can be selected depend on the function. VR selection Rate adjustment >6HWWLQJPHWKRG@ &RQWUROVHOHFWLRQ 7DS WKH >&RQWURO@ EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH <Hardware select> screen, and then select WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21GLUHFWLRQ 0RGHVHOHFWLRQ 7DSWKH>0RGH@EXWWRQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH PRGH>/,1@>$7/@>$7/@RU>6<0@ 5DWHDGMXVWPHQW 7DSWKH>5DWH@YDOXHEXWWRQ 6HWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKH " ▼ ▼ " " ▼ " " ▲ " ʆʆEXWWRQV (Fine tuning VR operation position) [Fine tuning VR operation mode] >/,1@ 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5 When the VR is turned clockwise and FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\ >$7/@0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95 :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH LQFUHDVHV >$7/@ 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95 :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH LQFUHDVHV >6<0@:KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ UDWHLQFUHDVHV ,QLWLDOYDOXH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa (When the value is tapped, the rate is reset to the initial value.) LIN. ATL+ ATL- SYM. After setting, press a HOME/EXIT button < Data > 171 ŲƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑƖŃƕƈƏƄƗƈƇŃƗƒŃƖƈƕƙƒŃƖƓƈƈƇ Linear (First) 0 ∼ 27 (Slowly) In case of Linear Servo speed setting The servo speed at each function operation (including flight condition switching) can be adjusted. The servos operate smoothly at a fixed speed corresponding to the set speed. The operating speed (In side) and return speed (Out side) can be set individually. In Speed In speed Out Speed Out speed Symmetry Switch the operation mode according to the set function. 6\PPHWU\PRGH8VHGZLWKDLOHURQV DQGRWKHUVHOIQHXWUDOIXQFWLRQV /LQHDU PRGH 8VHG ZLWK IXQFWLRQV ZKLFKKROGWKHRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQRI WKHWKURWWOHDQGVZLWFKFKDQQHOHWF >6HWWLQJPHWKRG@ 6 H O H F W W K H P R G H > / L Q H D U @ R U >6\PPHWU\@(DFKWLPHWKHEXWWRQLV WDSSHGLWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ>/LQHDU@ DQG>6\PPHWU\@ 7DSWKH,QRU2XW6SHHGEXWWRQDQG VHWWKHVHUYRVSHHG In Speed In Speed Out Speed Out Speed In case of Symmetry In speed ,QLWLDOYDOXH 6HWWLQJUDQJHa 172 < Data > Out speed ŦƘƕƙƈŃƖƈƗƗƌƑƊŃƒƓƈƕƄƗƌƒƑ This section describes the setting procedure of curves which are used with the AFR function and each mixing function. Curve type selection Four types of curves (EXP1, EXP2, Point and Spline) can be selected. Curve type selection 7DS WKH EXWWRQ RI WKH FXUYH W\SH \RX ZDQWWRXVH 7KHFXUYHW\SHFKDQJHVDQGWKHGLVSOD\ UHWXUQVWRWKHRULJLQDOVFUHHQ >(;3@(;3FXUYH >(;3@(;3FXUYH >3RLQW@SRLQWFXUYH >6SOLQH@VSOLQHFXUYH < Data > 173 Setting by curve type When the curve type is selected as described above, adjustment items corresponding to the curve type appear on the screen. Adjust each curve as described below. EXP1/EXP2 curve adjustment (;3FXUYH YHUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQ@ 7DSWRWKH>2IIVHW@VHWWLQJLWHP 0RYH WKH FXUYH LQ WKH YHUWLFDO GLUHFWLRQ XVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆEXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXH (When the value is tapped, the rate is reset to the initial value.) U s i n g t h e E X P 1 c u r v e i s e ff e c t i v e i n smoothing starting of the ailerons, elevator, rudder, etc. (;3FXUYH *>6HSDU@PRGH Normal setting *>&RPE@ PRGH&UHDWHVDOHIWDQGULJKW V\PPHWULFDOFXUYH Using the EXP2 curve is effective in engine rise and other engine control. The curve left and right rates ([Rate A], [Rate B]) and EXP curve rate ([EXP A], [EXP B]) can be adjusted individually. ([EXP] for EXP2) The curve can also be offset horizontally ([Offset]) in the vertical direction. [Rate setting] 7DSWRWKH>5DWH$@>5DWH%@>(;3$@RU>(;3 %@VHWWLQJLWHP 6HWWKHUDWHXVLQJWKHʈʈʈʆʆʆ EXWWRQV ,QLWLDOYDOXHUDWH(;3UDWH *Initial value differs depending on function. $GMXVWPHQW UDQJH a UDWH a(;3UDWH (When the value is tapped, the rate is reset to the initial value.) >2IIVHWWLQJ WKH FXUYH KRUL]RQWDOO\ LQ WKH 174 < Data > Point curves or spline curves of up to 11/17 points can be used. (Initial value: 7/9 points) The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and offset. Point addition method 2SHQWKHVFUHHQRIDPL[LQJFXUYHZLWKWKH FXUYHIXQFWLRQ 3UHVV5DWHDQGXVHWKHXSGRZQDUURZVWR DGMXVWWKHUDWHSRLQWVXSRUGRZQ The kind of mixing curve Point deletion method 8VHWKHPRYHEHWZHHQSRLQWVEXWWRQ>ł@ RU>ń@ DQGVHOHFWWKHSRLQW7KHUHGSRLQWʄLVWKH VHOHFWHGSRLQW The red point(■) moves (to green point) 7DSWKH3RVLWLRQEXWWRQ Move between point A red mark( □ ) moves freely 7DS WKH >5HPRYH@ EXWWRQ 7KH VHOHFWHG SRLQWEHFRPHVDQRXWOLQHGSRLQWŌ 8VHWKHPRYHEHWZHHQSRLQWVEXWWRQ>ł@ RU>ń@ *The point is deleted. 7DS WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆ ʆʆ EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH SRVLWLRQ PDUN Ō \RX ZDQW WR DGG :KHQ WKH $GG LV WDSSHG WKH SRLQW LV DGGHG(Ō)ń(ʄ) *A new point is created. < Data > 175 Curve setting operation Spline curve A smoother curve is made. Setting method is same at spline and point. Point Spline Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be used. (differs with function) ,QLWLDO SRLQW QXPEHU SRLQWV SRLQWV FXUYHSRLQWVSRLQWVFXUYH *The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and offset. >5DWHDGMXVWPHQWRIHDFKSRLQW@ Spline curve 7DSWRWKHLWHP and select the point whose UDWH\RXZDQWWRVHW *The mark on the curve shows the currently selected point. 7 D S W R W K H > 5 D W H @ LWHP$QGVHWWKHUDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆʆʆEXWWRQV The kind of mixing curve Point curve (Point) adjustment 3RLQW Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be used. (differs with function) ,QLWLDO SRLQW QXPEHU SRLQWV SRLQWV FXUYH SRLQWV SRLQWV FXUYH 176 < Data > Repeat steps 1 through 2 and adjust the FXUYH *>6HSDU@PRGH Normal setting *>&RPE@ PRGH&UHDWHVDOHIWDQGULJKW V\PPHWULFDOFXUYH Point curve (Point) adjustment 3RLQW Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be used. (differs with function) *>6HSDU@PRGH Normal setting *>&RPE@ PRGH&UHDWHVDOHIWDQGULJKW V\PPHWULFDOFXUYH ,QLWLDO SRLQW QXPEHU SRLQWV SRLQWV FXUYHSRLQWVSRLQWVFXUYH *The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and offset. >5DWHDGMXVWPHQWRIHDFKSRLQW@ 7DSWRWKHLWHP and select the point whose UDWH\RXZDQWWRVHW *The mark on the curve shows the currently selected point. 7 D S W R W K H > 5 D W H @ LWHP$QGVHWWKHUDWH XVLQJ WKH ʈʈ ʈ ʆʆʆEXWWRQV Repeat steps 1 through 2 and adjust the FXUYH < Data > 177 ŶƚƌƗƆƋŃƖƈƏƈƆƗƌƒƑŃƐƈƗƋƒƇ The various functions used in the T16SZ can be selected by switch. The switch (including when stick, trim lever, or VR are used as a switch) setting method is common to all functions. Switch selection When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called. 6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQH[DPSOH Tap the chosen switch. When switch is selected When stick, trim lever, or VR is selected. Switch ON/OFF setting is possible at each position. When a stick, trim lever, or VR is used as a switch, the following 4 modes can be selected. :KHQ WKH 212)) 6HW SRVLWLRQ VZLWFK LV WDSSHG DIWHU WKH VZLWFK ZDV VHOHFWHG WKH VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZDSSHDUV Next page Normal or Alternate: Alternate switching mode is available depending on mixing function. :KHQWKHEXWWRQRIHDFKSRVLWLRQLVWDSSHG LWWRJJOHVEHWZHHQ21DQG2)) 7DSWKHEXWWRQDQGVHWWRWKH21SRVLWLRQ &ORVH WKH VFUHHQ E\ WDSSLQJ >+DUGZDUH VHOHFW@ 178 < Data > Hysteresis-type and box-type can be selected in a hardware select screen. When a stick, trim lever, or VR is used as a switch, the following 4 modes can be selected. ◆ Linear・Hysteresis mode ◆ Symmetry・Hysteresis mode This setting method selects function ON/OFF based on the set point. Hysteresis (dead band) can be set to ON and OFF. The ON and OFF positions can be reversed with the Reverse button. The operation is the same as the linear hysteresis mode, but left and right (up and down) operations are symmetrical about the neutral position. For example, when you want to switch DR1 with the aileron stick, when the stick is moved to the left or right, DR1 can be turned ON at the same left and right position. ◆ Linear・Box mode ◆ Symmetry・Box mode This mode turns on the switch within a range of 2 points. Each point can be set. The ON and OFF positions can be reversed with the Reverse switch. The operation is the same as the linear box mode, but left and right (up and down) operation is symmetrical about the neutral position. < Data > 179 When shifting the ON/OFF point The ON/OFF and hysteresis (dead band) boundary point (there are 2 points: top and bottom) position can be shifted. ON/OFF is possible at a free position. ◆ Area Green:ON ◆ Area Red:OFF ◆ Area Yellow:Hysteresis (Dead band) [ Setting method ] 0RYH WKH VWLFN HWF WR WKHSRLQW\RXZDQWWRVKLIW and touch the [ON/OFF] E X W W R Q 7 K H E R X Q G D U \ SRLQWVFKDQJH Reverse of ON/ OFF direction Current stick position [ Setting method] → Box Type ● Symmetry 0RYHWKHVWLFNWRWKHSRLQW \RXZDQWWRVKLIWXSSHUVLGH 7RXFKWKH>8SSHU@EXWWRQ 7KHERXQGDU\SRLQWV FKDQJH 0RYHWKHVWLFNWRWKHSRLQW \RXZDQWWRVKLIWORZHUVLGH 7RXFKWKH>/RZHU@EXWWRQ 7KHERXQGDU\SRLQWV FKDQJH :KHQ8SSHU /RZHULVVHWDWWKH same time, Lower 8SSHULVDOVRVHW Hysteresis :Hysteresis (dead band) can be set to ON and OFF [Setting method] → Linear Type ● Symmetry 0RYH WKH VWLFN WR WKH RII SRLQW \RX ZDQW WR VKLIW DQG WRXFK WKH >2))@ EXWWRQ 7KH RIISRLQWVFKDQJH 0RYH WKH VWLFN WR WKH RQ SRLQW \RX ZDQW WR VKLIW DQG WRXFK WKH >21@ EXWWRQ 7KH RQSRLQWVFKDQJH :KHQ8SSHU/RZHULV set, at the same time, /RZHU8SSHULVDOVRVHW 180 < Data > Logic switch (Condition select and DG1, DG2) The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches. For instance, the condition is activated when 2 switches are turned on. Logic mode $1' :KHQ ERWK VZLWFKHV DUH 21 WKH FRQGLWLRQLV21 25:KHQHLWKHUVZLWFKLV21WKHFRQGLWLRQ LV21 (;25 :KHQ WKH WZR VZLWFKHV DUH LQ GLIIHUHQWVWDWHVWKHFRQGLWLRQLV21 Switch mode selection 7DSWRWKH>0RGH@6LQJOHLWHP /RJLFVZLWFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQ Switch selection 6HOHFWWKHVZLWFK$DQG% Logic mode selection 7DSWRWKH>/RJLF@LWHP 6HOHFWWKHORJLFPRGH < Data > 181 ŸƓƇƄƗƌƑƊ Your Futaba T16SZ transmitter programming can be updated easily online. When functions are added RULPSURYHGWKHXSGDWH¿OHFDQEHGRZQORDGHGIURPRXUZHEVLWH&RS\WKHXSGDWH¿OHVWRWKH6'FDUG and then use the following procedure to update the program. Check our web site for the FAQ regarding updating for more information. Updating procedure 1RWH ,I WKH EDWWHU\ IXOO\ GLVFKDUJHV GXULQJ SURJUDP XSGDWLQJ XSGDWLQJ ZLOO IDLO :KHQ WKH UHPDLQLQJ EDWWHU\ FDSDFLW\ LV RU OHVV DOZD\V UHFKDUJH WKH EDWWHU\ EHIRUH XSGDWLQJ 1RWH The model data in the transmitter can EH XVHG XQFKDQJHG DIWHU XSGDWLQJ EXW WR EH VDIH EDFN XS WKH PRGHO GDWD EHIRUH XSGDWLQJ ,QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG ZLWK )87$%$ IROGHU WKDW FRQWDLQHG WKH XSGDWH VRIWZDUH LQWR WKH 6' FDUGVORWRQ\RXU76=UDGLRWUDQVPLWWHU 'RZQORDG WKH ]LS ILOH RI WKH XSGDWH GDWD IURPRXUZHEVLWH Futaba WEB 18SZ Update Zip file Download Installed SD card of the update file 7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHUZKLOHSUHVVLQJ GRZQ WKH +20((;,7 EXWWRQ 7KH XSGDWH VFUHHQ DSSHDUV RQ WKH /&' GLVSOD\ RI \RXU 76=DQGWKHVRIWZDUHXSGDWHLVVWDUWHG ([WUDFWWKH]LSÀOHRQ\RXUFRPSXWHU 7KH)87$%$IROGHUZLOOEHFUHDWHGRQ\RXU FRPSXWHU &RS\WKH)87$%$IROGHULQWR\RXU6'FDUG 2 1 Press the HOME/EXIT switch and turn on Copy the "FUTABA" folder into your SD card. Updating 1RWH,IWKH6'FDUGKDVDOUHDG\KDGDQRWKHU )87$%$IROGHUEHIRUH\RXPDNHDFRS\WKH )87$%$IROGHULV29(5:5,77(1 182 < Data > :KHQ WKH VRIWZDUH XSGDWH LV FRPSOHWHG &RPSOHWHG PHVVDJH LV VKRZQ RQ WKH /&' GLVSOD\RI\RXU76=6KRZEHORZSLFWXUH Complete 7XUQRIIWKHSRZHUVZLWFKRI\RXU76=DQG UHPRYHWKH6'FDUGIURPWKHFDUGVORW Possible Problems 'RQ W DEVROXWHO\ UHPRYH WKH EDWWHU\ DQG WKH 6' FDUG IURP WKH WUDQVPLWWHU GXULQJWKHXSGDWH 7KHUH LV D SRVVLELOLW\ WKDW WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZLOOEHGDPDJHG 5HFRYHULQJDIDLOHGXSGDWH ,I\RXIDLOHGWRXSGDWHIRUDQ\UHDVRQLW PD\WUDQVPLWWHUZLOOQRWVWDUW In that case, please update again WUDQVPLWWHULQWKHIROORZLQJSURFHGXUH 'HWDFKWKHEDWWHU\IURPWKHWUDQVPLWWHU ,QVHUW WKH 6' FDUG WKDW FRQWDLQHG WKH XSGDWHÀOHVWRWKHWUDQVPLWWHU $WWDFK WKH EDWWHU\ WR WKH WUDQVPLWWHU ZKLOH SUHVVLQJ GRZQ WKH +20((;,7 EXWWRQ 7KHXSGDWHZLOOVWDUW ( Y H Q D I W H U W K H D E R Y H V W H S V L I W K H WUDQVPLWWHU IDLOV WR XSGDWH RU GRHV QRW VWDUWSOHDVHKDYHLWVHUYLFHG :KHQ RQH RI WKH HUURU PHVVDJHV VKRZQ EHORZ DSSHDUV RQ WKH /&' VFUHHQ \RXU 76= WKH VRIWZDUH XSGDWH ZLOO QRW EH FRPSOHWHG /RZEDWWHU\ 6RIWZDUH XSGDWH LV SRVWSRQHG EHFDXVH RIORZEDWWHU\5HWU\WKHVRIWZDUHXSGDWH DIWHUWKHEDWWHU\LVUHFKDUJHG 8SGDWHÀOHQRWIRXQG 7KH76=FDQQRWÀQGWKHXSGDWHÀOHRQWKH 6' FDUG &KHFN WR EH VXUH DOO WKH XSGDWH ÀOHVKDYHEHHQFRSLHGRQWRWKH6'FDUG %URNHQÀOH 7KH76=GHWHFWVWKHXSGDWHÀOHHUURU7KH XSGDWH ILOH PD\ EH EURNHQ RU IRU DQRWKHU WUDQVPLWWHU :ULWHHUURU 7KHVRIWZDUHXSGDWHSURFHGXUHLVVWRSSHG IRUDQXQNQRZQUHDVRQ&RQWDFW\RXUORFDO VHUYLFH FHQWHU ZKHQ WKLV HUURU PHVVDJH DSSHDUVRQWKH/&'VFUHHQRI\RXU76= < Data > 183 T14SG/FX-22 ĺT16SZ MODEL DATA CONVERSION The model data (only latest version) of T14SG/FX-22 can be copied to T16SZ. * SD card is required. * The model data of T16SZ cannot be copied to T14SG/FX-22. >0RGHOGDWDFRQYHUVLRQPHWKRG@ $WWDFKDQ6'FDUGWKDWFRQWDLQVPRGHOGDWD RI76*RU);WRWKH6'VORWRID76= 7XUQ RQ WKH SRZHU VZLWFK DQG WKH 'DWD &RQYHUWHUVKRXOGUXQ 7KH FRQYHUWHU FDQ DFFHSW PRGHO GDWD PDGH E\ 76* RU ); ZLWK WKH ODWHVW VRIWZDUH RQO\ ,I \RX WU\ WR FRQYHUW PRGHO GDWD PDGH E\ ROG YHUVLRQ VRIWZDUH WKH FRQYHUWHU PXVW IDLO WR FRQYHUW DQG VKRZ WKHIROORZLQJHUURUPHVVDJH,IWKLVPHVVDJH LV VKRZQ GR WKH IROORZLQJ SURFHGXUH WR XSGDWH WKH PRGHO GDWD LQ RUGHU WR DYRLG WKLVOLPLWDWLRQ (a) First, update a T14SG or FX-22 to the latest software. (b) Load the model data which failed to convert into the T14SG or FX-22 with the latest software, and the model data should be updated to the latest format. (c) Save the updated model data to a SD card. (d) Retry to convert the updated model data on a T16SZ. 7KHFRQYHUWHUVKRZVDOLVWRIPRGHOGDWDLQ WKHFDUG6HOHFWDPRGHOGDWDWKDW\RXZDQW WRFRQYHUWDQGSXVK&219(57 → <HVNH\ DQGWKHFRQYHUWHUVKRXOGEHJLQFRQYHUWLQJ GDWD ,I WKH FRQYHUW VXFFHHGV WKH FRQYHUWHU ZLOO VKRZWKHIROORZLQJPHVVDJH7KHFRQYHUWHG GDWD DUH FRSLHG WR WKH LQWHUQDO PHPRU\ RI WKH 76= +HQFH LI WKH 76= GRHV QRW KDYHDYDLODEOHVSDFHLQLWVLQWHUQDOPHPRU\ FRQYHUWVPXVWIDLO * When SD card cannot be recognized, it may be able to be used if it reformats by SD formatter offered from SD Association. SD formatter is downloadable from SD Association https://www.sdcard.org/ (As of June, 2017) CAUTION $IWHU¿QLVKLQJGDWDFRS\EHVXUHWRSHUIRUPD complete check of operation with the model to be used. Check well all the directions of operation and all the operation switches. FUTABA CORPORATION Makuhari Techno-Garden Bldg. B-6F, 1-3 Nakase, Mihama-ku, Chiba, 261-8555, Japan Phone: +81-43-296-8259, Facsimile: +81-43-296-8253 ©FUTABA CORPORATION 184 < Data > 2017, 7 (1)